Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009

or

 

¨   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                      .

Commission File No. 1-10635

LOGO

NIKE, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Oregon   93-0584541

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

One Bowerman Drive   (503) 671-6453
Beaverton, Oregon 97005-6453   (Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Class B Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange
(Title of Each Class)   (Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  þ         No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨         No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes þ         No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes ¨         No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “non-accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     þ

  Accelerated filer     ¨

Non-accelerated filer     ¨

  Smaller Reporting Company     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨         No þ

As of November 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $221,932,688 and the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Class B Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the Registrant was $20,688,140,567.

As of July 24, 2009, the number of shares of the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock outstanding was 95,299,318 and the number of shares of the Registrant’s Class B Common Stock outstanding was 390,631,331.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Parts of Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held on September 21, 2009 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
PART I

Item 1.

     Business    1
     General    1
     Products    1
     Sales and Marketing    2
     United States Market    2
     International Markets    3
     Significant Customer    4
     Orders    4
     Product Research and Development    4
     Manufacturing    4
     International Operations and Trade    5
     Competition    6
     Trademarks and Patents    7
     Employees    7
     Executive Officers of the Registrant    7

Item 1A.

     Risk Factors    9

Item 1B.

     Unresolved Staff Comments    17

Item 2.

     Properties    17

Item 3.

     Legal Proceedings    18

Item 4.

     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    18
PART II

Item 5.

     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    19

Item 6.

     Selected Financial Data    21

Item 7.

     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    22

Item 7A.

     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    48

Item 8.

     Financial Statements and Supplemental Data    50

Item 9.

     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    88

Item 9A.

     Controls and Procedures    88

Item 9B.

     Other Information    88
PART III
     (Except for the information set forth under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 above, Part III is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement for the NIKE, Inc. 2009 annual meeting of shareholders.)   

Item 10.

     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance    89

Item 11.

     Executive Compensation    89

Item 12.

     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    89

Item 13.

     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence    89

Item 14.

     Principal Accountant Fees and Services    89
PART IV

Item 15.

     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    90
     Signatures    S-1


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.   Business

General

NIKE, Inc. was incorporated in 1968 under the laws of the state of Oregon. As used in this report, the terms “we”, “us”, “NIKE” and the “Company” refer to NIKE, Inc. and its predecessors, subsidiaries and affiliates, unless the context indicates otherwise. Our Internet address is www.nike.com. On our NIKE Corporate web site, located at www.nikebiz.com, we post the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All such filings on our NIKE Corporate web site are available free of charge. Also available on the NIKE Corporate web site are the charters of the committees of our board of directors, as well as our corporate governance guidelines and code of ethics; copies of any of these documents will be provided in print to any shareholder who submits a request in writing to NIKE Investor Relations, One Bowerman Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97005-6453.

Our principal business activity is the design, development and worldwide marketing of high quality footwear, apparel, equipment, and accessory products. NIKE is the largest seller of athletic footwear and athletic apparel in the world. We sell our products to retail accounts, through NIKE-owned retail including stores and internet sales, and through a mix of independent distributors and licensees, in over 170 countries around the world. Virtually all of our products are manufactured by independent contractors. Virtually all footwear and apparel products are produced outside the United States, while equipment products are produced both in the United States and abroad.

Products

NIKE’s athletic footwear products are designed primarily for specific athletic use, although a large percentage of the products are worn for casual or leisure purposes. We place considerable emphasis on high quality construction and innovation in products designed for men, women and children. Running, training, basketball, soccer, sport-inspired casual shoes, and kids’ shoes are currently our top-selling footwear categories and we expect them to continue to lead in product sales in the near future. We also market footwear designed for aquatic activities, baseball, cheerleading, football, golf, lacrosse, outdoor activities, skateboarding, tennis, volleyball, walking, wrestling, and other athletic and recreational uses.

We sell sports apparel and accessories covering most of the above categories, sports-inspired lifestyle apparel, as well as athletic bags and accessory items. NIKE apparel and accessories are designed to complement our athletic footwear products, feature the same trademarks and are sold through the same marketing and distribution channels. We often market footwear, apparel and accessories in “collections” of similar design or for specific purposes. We also market apparel with licensed college and professional team and league logos.

We sell a line of performance equipment under the NIKE brand name, including bags, socks, sport balls, eyewear, timepieces, electronic devices, bats, gloves, protective equipment, golf clubs, and other equipment designed for sports activities. We also sell small amounts of various plastic products to other manufacturers through our wholly-owned subsidiary, NIKE IHM, Inc.

In addition to the products we sell directly to customers, we have entered into license agreements that permit unaffiliated parties to manufacture and sell various apparel, equipment and accessory items, such as swimwear, children’s apparel, training equipment, eyewear, electronic devices and golf accessories.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cole Haan (“Cole Haan”), headquartered in Yarmouth, Maine, designs and distributes dress and casual footwear, apparel and accessories for men and women under the brand names Cole Haan ® and Bragano ® .

 

1


Table of Contents

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Converse Inc. (“Converse”), headquartered in North Andover, Massachusetts, designs, distributes, and licenses athletic and casual footwear, apparel and accessories under the Converse ® , Chuck Taylor ® , All Star ® , One Star ® , and Jack Purcell ® trademarks.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Hurley International LLC (“Hurley”), headquartered in Costa Mesa, California, designs and distributes a line of action sports apparel for surfing, skateboarding, and snowboarding, youth lifestyle apparel, and accessories under the Hurley ® trademark.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Umbro Ltd. (“Umbro”), headquartered in Manchester, England, designs, distributes and licenses athletic and casual footwear, apparel and equipment, primarily for the sport of soccer, under the Umbro ® trademarks.

Sales and Marketing

Financial information about geographic and segment operations appears in Note 19 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements on page 85.

We experience moderate fluctuations in aggregate sales volume during the year. Historically, revenues in the first and fourth fiscal quarters have slightly exceeded those in the second and third quarters. However, the mix of product sales may vary considerably as a result of changes in seasonal and geographic demand for particular types of footwear, apparel and equipment.

Because NIKE is a consumer products company, the relative popularity of various sports and fitness activities and changing design trends affect the demand for our products. We must therefore respond to trends and shifts in consumer preferences by adjusting the mix of existing product offerings, developing new products, styles and categories, and influencing sports and fitness preferences through aggressive marketing. Failure to respond in a timely and adequate manner could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability. This is a continuing risk.

We report our NIKE brand operations based on our internal geographic organization. Each NIKE brand geography operates predominantly in one industry: the design, production, marketing and selling of sports and fitness footwear, apparel, and equipment. The geographic organization consists of the following four regions: U.S., Europe, Middle East and Africa (collectively, “EMEA”), Asia Pacific, and Americas. As previously announced, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we initiated a reorganization of the NIKE brand into a new model consisting of six geographies. As a result of the reorganization, beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, our new organizational structure will consist of the following geographies: North America, Western Europe, Central/Eastern Europe, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging Markets.

United States Market

In fiscal 2009, sales in the United States including U.S. sales of our Other businesses accounted for approximately 42% of total revenues, compared to 43% in fiscal 2008 and 47% in fiscal 2007. For fiscal 2009, our Other businesses were primarily comprised of Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley, NIKE Golf and Umbro (which was acquired on March 3, 2008). For fiscal 2008 and 2007, our Other businesses were primarily comprised of Cole Haan, Converse, Exeter (whose primary business was the Starter brand business which was sold on December 17, 2007), Hurley, NIKE Bauer Hockey (which was sold on April 17, 2008), NIKE Golf and Umbro. We estimate that we sell to more than 23,000 retail accounts in the United States. The NIKE brand domestic retail account base includes a mix of footwear stores, sporting goods stores, athletic specialty stores, department stores, skate, tennis and golf shops, and other retail accounts. During fiscal 2009, our three largest customers accounted for approximately 25% of sales in the United States.

We make substantial use of our “futures” ordering program, which allows retailers to order five to six months in advance of delivery with the commitment that their orders will be delivered within a set time

 

2


Table of Contents

period at a fixed price. In fiscal 2009, 89% of our U.S. wholesale footwear shipments (excluding our Other businesses) were made under the futures program, compared to 90% in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2009, 60% of our U.S. wholesale apparel shipments (excluding our Other businesses) were made under the futures program, compared to 62% in fiscal 2008 and 65% in fiscal 2007.

We utilize 20 NIKE sales offices to solicit sales in the United States. We also utilize 5 independent sales representatives to sell specialty products for golf, and 3 for skateboarding and outdoor products. In addition, we sell NIKE brand products through our internet website, www.nikestore.com , and we operate the following retail outlets in the United States:

 

U.S. Retail Stores

   Number

NIKE factory stores (which carry primarily overstock and close-out merchandise)

   140

NIKE stores (including one NIKE Women store)

   16

NIKETOWNs (designed to showcase NIKE products)

   11

NIKE employee-only stores

   3

Cole Haan stores (including factory stores)

   111

Converse factory stores

   43

Hurley stores (including factory and employee stores)

   14
    

Total

   338
    

NIKE’s three United States distribution centers for footwear are located in Memphis, Tennessee. Apparel and equipment products are shipped from our Memphis, Tennessee, and Foothill Ranch, California distribution centers. Cole Haan products are distributed primarily from Greenland, New Hampshire, Converse products are shipped primarily from Ontario, California, and Hurley products are distributed from Irvine, California.

International Markets

In fiscal 2009, non-U.S. sales (including non-U.S. sales of our Other businesses) accounted for 58% of total revenues, compared to 57% in fiscal 2008 and 53% in fiscal 2007. We sell our products to retail accounts, through NIKE-owned retail stores, and through a mix of independent distributors and licensees around the world. We estimate that we sell to more than 28,000 retail accounts outside the United States, excluding sales by independent distributors and licensees. We operate 14 distribution centers outside of the United States. In many countries and regions, including Canada, Asia, some Latin American countries, and Europe, we have a futures ordering program for retailers similar to the United States futures program described above. NIKE’s three largest customers outside of the U.S. accounted for approximately 11% of total non-U.S. sales.

We operate the following retail outlets outside the United States:

 

Non-U.S. Retail Stores

   Number

NIKE factory stores

   184

NIKE stores

   61

NIKETOWNs

   4

NIKE employee-only stores

   12

Cole Haan stores

   74

Hurley stores

   1
    

Total

   336
    

International branch offices and subsidiaries of NIKE are located in Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Croatia, Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Lebanon, Macau, Malaysia,

 

3


Table of Contents

Mexico, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Norway, the People’s Republic of China, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, the United Arab Emirates, the United Kingdom, Uruguay and Vietnam.

Significant Customer

No customer accounted for 10% or more of our net sales during fiscal 2009.

Orders

Worldwide futures and advance orders for NIKE brand athletic footwear and apparel, scheduled for delivery from June through November 2009, were $7.8 billion compared to $8.8 billion for the same period last year. This futures and advance order amount is calculated based upon our forecast of the actual exchange rates under which our revenues will be translated during this period, which approximate current spot rates. Reported futures and advance orders are not necessarily indicative of our expectation of revenues for this period. This is because the mix of orders can shift between advance/futures and at-once orders and the fulfillment of certain of these advance/futures orders may fall outside of the scheduled time period noted above. In addition, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations as well as differing levels of order cancellations and discounts can cause differences in the comparisons between futures and advance orders and actual revenues. Moreover, a significant portion of our revenue is not derived from futures and advance orders, including at-once and close-out sales of NIKE footwear and apparel, wholesale sales of equipment, Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley, Umbro, NIKE Golf, and retail sales across all brands.

Product Research and Development

We believe our research and development efforts are a key factor in our past and future success. Technical innovation in the design of footwear, apparel, and athletic equipment receive continued emphasis as NIKE strives to produce products that help to reduce injury, enhance athletic performance and maximize comfort.

In addition to NIKE’s own staff of specialists in the areas of biomechanics, chemistry, exercise physiology, engineering, industrial design and related fields, we also utilize research committees and advisory boards made up of athletes, coaches, trainers, equipment managers, orthopedists, podiatrists and other experts who consult with us and review designs, materials and concepts for product improvement. Employee athletes, athletes engaged under sports marketing contracts and other athletes wear-test and evaluate products during the design and development process.

Manufacturing

Virtually all of our footwear is produced outside of the United States. In fiscal 2009, contract suppliers in China, Vietnam, Indonesia and Thailand manufactured 36%, 36%, 22% and 6% of total NIKE brand footwear, respectively. We also have manufacturing agreements with independent factories in Argentina, Brazil, India, and Mexico to manufacture footwear for sale primarily within those countries. Our largest single footwear factory accounted for approximately 5% of total fiscal 2009 footwear production.

Almost all of NIKE brand apparel is manufactured outside of the United States by independent contract manufacturers located in 34 countries. Most of this apparel production occurred in China, Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Vietnam, Turkey, Sri Lanka, Cambodia, Taiwan, El Salvador, Mexico, India and Israel. Our largest single apparel factory accounted for approximately 5% of total fiscal 2009 apparel production.

The principal materials used in our footwear products are natural and synthetic rubber, plastic compounds, foam cushioning materials, nylon, leather, canvas and polyurethane films used to make Air-Sole cushioning components. During fiscal 2009, NIKE IHM, Inc. and NIKE (Suzhou) Sports Company, Ltd., both

 

4


Table of Contents

wholly-owned subsidiaries of NIKE, and independent contractors in China and Taiwan, were our largest suppliers of the Air-Sole cushioning components used in footwear. The principal materials used in our apparel products are natural and synthetic fabrics and threads, plastic and metal hardware, and specialized performance fabrics designed to repel rain, retain heat, or efficiently transport body moisture. NIKE’s contractors and suppliers buy raw materials in bulk. Most raw materials are available in the countries where manufacturing takes place. We have thus far experienced little difficulty in satisfying our raw material requirements.

Since 1972, Sojitz Corporation of America (“Sojitz America”), a large Japanese trading company, has performed significant import-export financing services for us. During fiscal 2009, Sojitz America provided financing and purchasing services for NIKE brand products sold in Argentina, Uruguay, Canada, Chile, Brazil, India, Indonesia, the Philippines, Malaysia, South Africa, China, Korea, and Thailand, excluding products produced and sold in the same country. Approximately 16% of NIKE brand sales occurred in those countries. Any failure of Sojitz America to provide these services or any failure of Sojitz America’s banks could disrupt our ability to acquire products from our suppliers and to deliver products to our customers outside of the United States, EMEA and Japan. Such a disruption could result in cancelled orders that would adversely affect sales and profitability. However, we believe that any such disruption would be short-term in duration due to the ready availability of alternative sources of financing at competitive rates. Our current agreements with Sojitz America expire in 2011.

International Operations and Trade

Our international operations and sources of supply are subject to the usual risks of doing business abroad, such as possible revaluation of currencies, export and import duties, anti-dumping measures, quotas, safeguard measures, trade restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds and, in certain parts of the world, political instability and terrorism. We have not, to date, been materially affected by any such risk, but cannot predict the likelihood of such developments occurring.

The global economic crisis has resulted in a significant slow down in international trade and a sharp rise in protectionist actions around the world. These trends are affecting many global manufacturing and service sectors, and the footwear and apparel industries, as a whole, are not immune. Companies in our industry are facing trade protectionist challenges in many different regions, and in nearly all cases we are working together to address trade issues to reduce the impact to the industry, while observing applicable competition laws. Notwithstanding our efforts, such actions, if implemented, could result in increases in the cost of our products, which could adversely affect our sales or profitability and the imported footwear and apparel industry as a whole. Accordingly, we are actively monitoring the developments described below.

Footwear Imports into the European Union

In 2005, at the request of the European domestic footwear industry, the European Commission (“EC”) initiated investigations into leather footwear imported from China and Vietnam. Together with other companies in our industry, we took the position that Special Technology Athletic Footwear (STAF) (i) should not be within the scope of the investigation, and (ii) does not meet the legal requirements of injury and price in an anti-dumping investigation. Our arguments were successful and the EU agreed in October 2006 on definitive duties of 16.5% for China and 10% for Vietnam for non-STAF leather footwear, but excluded STAF from the final measures. Prior to the scheduled expiration in October 2008 of the measures imposed on the non-STAF footwear, the domestic industry requested and the EC agreed to review a petition to extend these restrictions on non-STAF leather footwear. We are working in broad coalition with other companies in our industry to challenge this request for extension, and we expect a decision by the end of calendar year 2009 or early 2010.

Footwear Imports into Brazil and Argentina

At the request of certain domestic footwear industries, both Brazil and Argentina have initiated independent anti-dumping investigations against footwear made in China. We are working in broad coalition with other companies in our industry to challenge these cases on the basis that the athletic footwear being imported from

 

5


Table of Contents

China (i) should not be within the scope of the investigation, and (ii) does not meet the legal requirements of injury and price in an anti-dumping investigation. We anticipate final decisions in both cases will be made in late 2009.

Footwear Imports into Turkey

In 2006, Turkey introduced a safeguard measure on all imported footwear into Turkey with the goal of protecting its local shoe manufacturing industry until August 2009. In June 2009, Turkish shoe-manufacturers submitted, and the Turkish Government agreed to review, a request for extension of the safeguard measures claiming that the rehabilitation process of the local Turkish industry was interrupted due to the continuing increase of footwear imports. We are working in broad coalition with other companies in our industry to oppose the continuation of these safeguard measures. We anticipate a final decision in this review will be made in early fall 2009.

Trade Relations with China

China represents an important sourcing and marketing country for us. Many governments around the world are concerned about China’s growing and fast-paced economy, compliance with World Trade Organization rules, currency valuation, and high trade surpluses. As a result, a wide range of legislative proposals have been introduced to address these concerns. While some of these concerns may be justified, we are working with broad coalitions of global businesses and trade associations representing a wide variety of sectors (e.g., services, manufacturing, and agriculture) to help ensure any legislation enacted and implemented (i) addresses legitimate and core concerns, (ii) is consistent with international trade rules, and (iii) reflects and considers China’s domestic economy and the important role it has in the global economic community. We believe other companies in our industry as well as most other multi-national companies are in a similar position regarding these trade measures.

In the event any of these trade protection measures were implemented, we believe that we have the ability to develop, over a period of time, adequate alternative sources of supply for the products obtained from our present suppliers. If events prevented us from acquiring products from our suppliers in a particular country, our operations could be temporarily disrupted and we could experience an adverse financial impact. However, we believe that we could abate any such disruption, and that much of the adverse impact on supply would, therefore, be of a short-term nature. We believe our principal competitors are subject to similar risks.

Competition

The athletic footwear, apparel and equipment industry is keenly competitive in the United States and on a worldwide basis. We compete internationally with a significant number of athletic and leisure shoe companies, athletic and leisure apparel companies, sports equipment companies, and large companies having diversified lines of athletic and leisure shoes, apparel and equipment, including Adidas, Puma, and others. The intense competition and the rapid changes in technology and consumer preferences in the markets for athletic and leisure footwear and apparel, and athletic equipment, constitute significant risk factors in our operations.

NIKE is the largest seller of athletic footwear and athletic apparel in the world. Performance and reliability of shoes, apparel, and equipment, new product development, price, product identity through marketing and promotion, and customer support and service are important aspects of competition in the athletic footwear, apparel and equipment industry. To help market our products, we contract with prominent and influential athletes, coaches, teams, colleges and sports leagues to endorse our brands and use our products, and we actively sponsor sporting events and clinics. We believe that we are competitive in all of these areas.

 

6


Table of Contents

Trademarks and Patents

We utilize trademarks on nearly all of our products and believe that having distinctive marks that are readily identifiable is an important factor in creating a market for our goods, in identifying the Company, and in distinguishing our goods from the goods of others. We consider our NIKE ® and Swoosh Design ® trademarks to be among our most valuable assets and we have registered these trademarks in over 150 countries. In addition, we own many other trademarks that we utilize in marketing our products. We continue to vigorously protect our trademarks against infringement.

NIKE has an exclusive, worldwide license to make and sell footwear using patented “Air” technology. The process utilizes pressurized gas encapsulated in polyurethane. Some of the early NIKE AIR ® patents have expired, which may enable competitors to use certain types of similar technology. Subsequent NIKE AIR ® patents will not expire for several years. We also have hundreds of U.S. and foreign utility patents, and thousands of U.S. and foreign design patents covering components and features used in various athletic and leisure shoes, apparel, and equipment. These patents expire at various times, and patents issued for applications filed this year will have a remaining duration of from now to 2023 for design patents, and from now to 2029 for utility patents. We believe that our success depends primarily upon skills in design, research and development, production and marketing rather than upon our patent position. However, we have followed a policy of filing applications for United States and foreign patents on inventions, designs and improvements that we deem valuable.

Employees

We had approximately 34,300 employees at May 31, 2009. Management considers its relationship with employees to be excellent. None of our employees is represented by a union, except for certain employees in the Americas Region, where local law requires those employees to be represented by a trade union. Also, in some countries outside of the United States, local laws require representation for employees by works councils (such as in the European Union, in which they are entitled to information and consultation on certain Company decisions) or other representation by an organization similar to a union, although collective bargaining agreements are not involved. There has never been a material interruption of operations due to labor disagreements.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The executive officers of NIKE as of July 24, 2009 are as follows:

Philip H. Knight, Chairman of the Board — Mr. Knight, 71, a director since 1968, is a co-founder of NIKE and, except for the period from June 1983 through September 1984, served as its President from 1968 to 1990, and from June 2000 to December 2004. Prior to 1968, Mr. Knight was a certified public accountant with Price Waterhouse and Coopers & Lybrand and was an Assistant Professor of Business Administration at Portland State University.

Mark G. Parker, Chief Executive Officer and President — Mr. Parker, 53, was appointed CEO and President in January 2006. He has been employed by NIKE since 1979 with primary responsibilities in product research, design and development, marketing, and brand management. Mr. Parker was appointed divisional Vice President in charge of development in 1987, corporate Vice President in 1989, General Manager in 1993, Vice President of Global Footwear in 1998, and President of the NIKE Brand in 2001.

David J. Ayre, Vice President, Global Human Resources — Mr. Ayre, 49, joined NIKE as Vice President, Global Human Resources in July 2007. Prior to joining NIKE, he held a number of senior human resource positions with PepsiCo, Inc. since 1990, most recently as head of Talent and Performance Rewards.

Donald W. Blair, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer — Mr. Blair, 51, joined NIKE in November 1999. Prior to joining NIKE, he held a number of financial management positions with PepsiCo, Inc., including Vice President, Finance of Pepsi-Cola Asia, Vice President, Planning of PepsiCo’s Pizza Hut Division, and

 

7


Table of Contents

Senior Vice President, Finance of The Pepsi Bottling Group, Inc. Prior to joining PepsiCo, Mr. Blair was a certified public accountant with Deloitte, Haskins, and Sells.

Charles D. Denson, President of the NIKE Brand — Mr. Denson, 53, has been employed by NIKE since 1979. Mr. Denson held several management positions within the Company, including his appointments as Director of USA Apparel Sales in 1994, divisional Vice President, U.S. Sales in 1994, divisional Vice President European Sales in 1997, divisional Vice President and General Manager, NIKE Europe in 1998, Vice President and General Manager of NIKE USA in 2000, and President of the NIKE Brand in 2001.

Gary M. DeStefano, President, Global Operations — Mr. DeStefano, 52, has been employed by NIKE since 1982, with primary responsibilities in sales and regional administration. Mr. DeStefano was appointed Director of Domestic Sales in 1990, divisional Vice President in charge of domestic sales in 1992, Vice President of Global Sales in 1996, Vice President and General Manager of Asia Pacific in 1997, President of USA Operations in 2001, President of Global Operations in 2006.

Trevor Edwards, Vice President, Global Brand and Category Management — Mr. Edwards, 46, joined NIKE in 1992. He was appointed Marketing Manager, Strategic Accounts, Foot Locker in 1993, Director of Marketing, the Americas in 1995, Director of Marketing, Europe in 1997, Vice President, Marketing for Europe, Middle East and Africa in 1999, and Vice President, U.S. Brand Marketing in 2000. Mr. Edwards was appointed corporate Vice President, Global Brand Management in 2002 and Vice President, Global Brand and Category Management in 2006. Prior to NIKE, Mr. Edwards was with the Colgate-Palmolive Company.

Jeanne P. Jackson,  President, Direct to Consumer — Ms. Jackson, 57, served as a member of the NIKE, Inc. Board of Directors from 2001 through March 2009, when she resigned from our Board and was appointed President, Direct to Consumer. She is founder and CEO of MSP Capital, a private investment company. Ms. Jackson was CEO of Walmart.com from March 2000 to January 2002. She was with Gap, Inc., as President and CEO of Banana Republic from 1995-2000, also serving as CEO of Gap, Inc. Direct from 1998-2000. Since 1978, she has held various retail management positions with Victoria’s Secret, The Walt Disney Company, Saks Fifth Avenue, and Federated Department Stores. Ms. Jackson is the President of the United States Ski and Snowboard Foundation Board of Trustees, and serves on the Board of Advisors of the University of California, Irvine. She is also a director of McDonald’s Corporation, Nordstrom, Inc., and Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.

P. Eunan McLaughlin, President, Affiliates — Mr. McLaughlin, 51, joined NIKE as Director of Sales, NIKE Europe in 1999, and was appointed Vice President Commercial Sales and Retail in 2000, Vice President, Asia Pacific in 2001, Vice President, Europe, Middle East & Africa in May 2004, and President of Affiliates in April 2009. Prior to joining NIKE, he was Partner and Vice President of Consumer & Retail Practices Division, Korn/Ferry International from 1996 to 1999. From 1983 to 1996, Mr. McLaughlin held various positions with Mars, Inc. in finance, sales, marketing and general management.

Bernard F. Pliska, Vice President, Corporate Controller — Mr. Pliska, 47, joined NIKE as Corporate Controller in 1995. He was appointed Vice President, Corporate Controller in 2003. Prior to NIKE, Mr. Pliska was with Price Waterhouse from 1984 to 1995. Mr. Pliska is a certified public accountant.

John F. Slusher, Vice President, Global Sports Marketing — Mr. Slusher, 40, has been employed by NIKE since 1998 with primary responsibilities in global sports marketing. Mr. Slusher was appointed Director of Sports Marketing for the Asia Pacific and Americas Regions in 2006, divisional Vice President, Asia Pacific & Americas Sports Marketing in September 2007 and Vice President, Global Sports Marketing in November 2007. Prior to joining NIKE, Mr. Slusher was an attorney at the law firm of O’Melveny & Myers from 1995 to 1998.

Eric D. Sprunk, Vice President, Merchandising and Product — Mr. Sprunk, 45, joined NIKE in 1993. He was appointed Finance Director and General Manager of the Americas in 1994, Finance Director, NIKE Europe in 1995, Regional General Manager, NIKE Europe Footwear in 1998, and Vice President & General Manager of

 

8


Table of Contents

the Americas in 2000. Mr. Sprunk was appointed corporate Vice President, Global Footwear in 2001 and Vice President, Merchandising and Product in 2009. Prior to joining NIKE, Mr. Sprunk was a certified public accountant with Price Waterhouse from 1987 to 1993.

Hans van Alebeek, Vice President, Global Operations and Technology — Mr. van Alebeek, 43, joined NIKE as Director of Operations of Europe in 1999, and was appointed Vice President, Operations & Administration in EMEA in 2001, Vice President, Global Operations in 2003, Vice President, Global Operations & Technology in 2004, and Corporate Vice President in November 2005. Prior to joining NIKE, Mr. van Alebeek worked for McKinsey & Company as a management consultant, and at N.V. Indivers in business development.

 

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Analyst Reports

Certain written and oral statements, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to NIKE’s business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, made or incorporated by reference from time to time by NIKE or its representatives in this report, other reports, filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, press releases, conferences, or otherwise, are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance, or achievements, and may contain the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or words or phrases of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties are detailed from time to time in reports filed by NIKE with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Forms 8-K, 10-Q, and 10-K, and include, among others, the following: international, national and local general economic and market conditions; the size and growth of the overall athletic footwear, apparel, and equipment markets; intense competition among designers, marketers, distributors and sellers of athletic footwear, apparel, and equipment for consumers and endorsers; demographic changes; changes in consumer preferences; popularity of particular designs, categories of products, and sports; seasonal and geographic demand for NIKE products; difficulties in anticipating or forecasting changes in consumer preferences, consumer demand for NIKE products, and the various market factors described above; difficulties in implementing, operating, and maintaining NIKE’s increasingly complex information systems and controls, including, without limitation, the systems related to demand and supply planning, and inventory control; interruptions in data and communications systems; fluctuations and difficulty in forecasting operating results, including, without limitation, the fact that advance “futures” orders may not be indicative of future revenues due to changes in shipment timing, and the changing mix of futures and at-once orders and order cancellations; the ability of NIKE to sustain, manage or forecast its growth and inventories; the size, timing and mix of purchases of NIKE’s products; increases in the cost of materials and energy used to manufacture products, new product development and introduction; the ability to secure and protect trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property; performance and reliability of products; customer service; adverse publicity; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; dependence on distributors; business disruptions; increased costs of freight and transportation to meet delivery deadlines; increases in borrowing costs due to any decline in our debt ratings; changes in business strategy or development plans; general risks associated with doing business outside the United States, including, without limitation, exchange rate fluctuations, import duties, tariffs, quotas, political and economic instability, and terrorism; changes in government regulations; liability and other claims asserted against NIKE; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; and other factors referenced or incorporated by reference in this report and other reports.

The risks included here are not exhaustive. Other sections of this report may include additional factors which could adversely affect NIKE’s business and financial performance. Moreover, NIKE operates in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible

 

9


Table of Contents

for management to predict all such risk factors, nor can it assess the impact of all such risk factors on NIKE’s business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.

Investors should also be aware that while NIKE does, from time to time, communicate with securities analysts, it is against NIKE’s policy to disclose to them any material non-public information or other confidential commercial information. Accordingly, shareholders should not assume that NIKE agrees with any statement or report issued by any analyst irrespective of the content of the statement or report. Furthermore, NIKE has a policy against issuing or confirming financial forecasts or projections issued by others. Thus, to the extent that reports issued by securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports are not the responsibility of NIKE.

Our products face intense competition.

NIKE is a consumer products company and the relative popularity of various sports and fitness activities and changing design trends affect the demand for our products. The athletic footwear, apparel and equipment industry is keenly competitive in the United States and on a worldwide basis. We compete internationally with a significant number of athletic and leisure shoe companies, athletic and leisure apparel companies, sports equipment companies, and large companies having diversified lines of athletic and leisure shoes, apparel and equipment. We also compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers that produce our products and for import quota capacity.

Our competitors’ product offerings, technologies, marketing expenditures (including expenditures for advertising and endorsements), pricing, costs of production, and customer service are areas of intense competition. This, in addition to rapid changes in technology and consumer preferences in the markets for athletic and leisure footwear and apparel, and athletic equipment, constitute significant risk factors in our operations. If we do not adequately and timely anticipate and respond to our competitors, our costs may increase or the consumer demand for our products may decline significantly.

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and develop new products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our net revenues and profits.

Our success depends on our ability to identify, originate and define product trends as well as to anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. All of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. Our new products may not receive consumer acceptance as consumer preferences could shift rapidly to different types of performance or other sports apparel or away from these types of products altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. If we fail to anticipate accurately and respond to trends and shifts in consumer preferences by adjusting the mix of existing product offerings, developing new products, designs, styles and categories, and influencing sports and fitness preferences through aggressive marketing, we could experience lower sales, excess inventories and lower profit margins, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on technical innovation and high quality products to compete in the market for our products.

Although design and aesthetics of our products appear to be the most important factor for consumer acceptance of our products, technical innovation and quality control in the design of footwear, apparel, and athletic equipment is also essential to the commercial success of our products. Research and development plays a key role in technical innovation. We rely upon specialists in the fields of biomechanics, exercise physiology, engineering, industrial design and related fields, as well as research committees and advisory boards made up of athletes, coaches, trainers, equipment managers, orthopedists, podiatrists and other experts to develop and test

 

10


Table of Contents

cutting edge performance products. While we strive to produce products that help to reduce injury, enhance athletic performance and maximize comfort, if we fail to introduce technical innovation in our products the consumer demand for our products could decline, and if we experience problems with the quality of our products, we may incur substantial expense to remedy the problems.

Failure to continue to obtain high quality endorsers of our products could harm our business.

We establish relationships with professional athletes, sports teams and leagues to evaluate, promote, and establish product authenticity with consumers. If certain endorsers were to stop using our products contrary to their endorsement agreements, our business could be adversely affected. In addition, actions taken by athletes, teams or leagues associated with our products that harm the reputations of those athletes, teams or leagues could also harm our brand image with consumers and, as a result, could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial condition. In addition, poor performance by our endorsers, a failure to continue to correctly identify promising athletes to use and endorse our products, or a failure to enter into cost effective endorsement arrangements with prominent athletes and sports organizations could adversely affect our brand and result in decreased sales of our products.

Failure of our contractors to comply with our code of conduct, local laws, and other standards could harm our business.

We contract with hundreds of contractors outside of the United States to manufacture our products, and we impose on those contractors a code of conduct and other environmental, health, and safety standards for the benefit of workers. However, from time to time contractors may not comply with such standards or applicable local law. Significant or continuing noncompliance with such standards and laws by one or more contractors could harm our reputation and, as a result, could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial condition.

Global capital and credit market conditions, and resulting declines in consumer confidence and spending, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Volatility and disruption in the global capital and credit markets in 2008 and 2009 have led to a tightening of business credit and liquidity, a contraction of consumer credit, business failures, higher unemployment, and declines in consumer confidence and spending in the United States and internationally. If global economic and financial market conditions deteriorate or remain weak for an extended period of time, the following factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition:

 

   

Slower consumer spending may result in reduced demand for our products, reduced orders from retailers for our products, order cancellations, lower revenues, increased inventories, and lower gross margins.

 

   

We may be unable to find suitable investments that are safe, liquid, and provide a reasonable return. This could result in lower interest income or longer investment horizons. Disruptions to capital markets or the banking system may also impair the value of investments or bank deposits we currently consider safe or liquid.

 

   

We may be unable to access financing in the credit and capital markets at reasonable rates in the event we find it desirable to do so.

 

   

The failure of financial institution counterparties to honor their obligations to us under credit and derivative instruments could jeopardize our ability to rely on and benefit from those instruments. Our ability to replace those instruments on the same or similar terms may be limited under poor market conditions.

 

   

We conduct transactions in various currencies, which increases our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. Continued volatility in the markets and exchange rates for foreign currencies and contracts in foreign currencies could have a significant impact on our reported financial results and condition.

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Continued volatility in the markets and prices for commodities and raw materials we use in our products and in our supply chain (such as petroleum) could have a material adverse effect on our costs, gross margins, and profitability.

 

   

If retailers of our products experience declining revenues, or retailers experience difficulty obtaining financing in the capital and credit markets to purchase our products, this could result in reduced orders for our products, order cancellations, inability of retailers to timely meet their payment obligations to us, extended payment terms, higher accounts receivable, reduced cash flows, greater expense associated with collection efforts, and increased bad debt expense.

 

   

If retailers of our products experience severe financial difficulty, some may become insolvent and cease business operations, which could reduce the availability of our products to consumers.

 

   

If contract manufacturers of our products or other participants in our supply chain experience difficulty obtaining financing in the capital and credit markets to purchase raw materials or to finance general working capital needs, it may result in delays or non-delivery of shipments of our products.

Our business is affected by seasonality, which could result in fluctuations in our operating results and stock price.

We experience moderate fluctuations in aggregate sales volume during the year. Historically, revenues in the first and fourth fiscal quarters have slightly exceeded those in the second and third fiscal quarters. However, the mix of product sales may vary considerably from time to time as a result of changes in seasonal and geographic demand for particular types of footwear, apparel and equipment. In addition, our customers may cancel orders, change delivery schedules or change the mix of products ordered with minimal notice. As a result, we may not be able to accurately predict our quarterly sales. Accordingly, our results of operations are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period. This seasonality, along with other factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, changes in consumer preferences, weather conditions, availability of import quotas and currency exchange rate fluctuations, could adversely affect our business and cause our results of operations to fluctuate. Our operating margins are also sensitive to a number of factors that are beyond our control, including shifts in product sales mix, geographic sales trends, and currency exchange rate fluctuations, all of which we expect to continue. Results of operations in any period should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

“Futures” orders may not be an accurate indication of our future revenues.

We make substantial use of our “futures” ordering program, which allows retailers to order five to six months in advance of delivery with the commitment that their orders will be delivered within a set period at a fixed price. Our futures ordering program allows us to minimize the amount of products we hold in inventory, purchasing costs, the time necessary to fill customer orders, and the risk of non-delivery. We report changes in futures orders in our periodic financial reports. Although we believe futures orders are an important indicator of our future revenues, reported futures orders are not necessarily indicative of our expectation of changes in revenues for any future period. This is because the mix of orders can shift between advance/futures and at-once orders. In addition, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, order cancellations, returns, and discounts can cause differences in the comparisons between futures orders and actual revenues. Moreover, a significant portion of our revenue is not derived from futures orders, including at-once close-out sales of NIKE footwear and apparel, wholesale sales of equipment, Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley, NIKE Golf and Umbro, and retail sales across all brands.

Our “futures” ordering program does not prevent excess inventories or inventory shortages, which could result in decreased operating margins and harm to our business.

We purchase products from manufacturers outside of our futures ordering program and in advance of customer orders, which we hold in inventory and resell to customers. There is a risk we may be unable to sell

 

12


Table of Contents

excess products ordered from manufacturers. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs, and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices could significantly impair our brand image and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand for our products or if our manufacturers fail to supply products we require at the time we need them, we may experience inventory shortages. Inventory shortages might delay shipments to customers, negatively impact retailer and distributor relationships, and diminish brand loyalty.

The difficulty in forecasting demand also makes it difficult to estimate our future results of operations and financial condition from period to period. A failure to accurately predict the level of demand for our products could adversely affect our net revenues and net income, and we are unlikely to forecast such effects with any certainty in advance.

We may be adversely affected by the financial health of our retailers.

We extend credit to our customers based on an assessment of a customer’s financial condition, generally without requiring collateral. To assist in the scheduling of production and the shipping of seasonal products, we offer customers the ability to place orders five to six months ahead of delivery under our “futures” ordering program. These advance orders may be cancelled, and the risk of cancellation may increase when dealing with financially ailing retailers or retailers struggling with economic uncertainty. In the past, some customers have experienced financial difficulties, which have had an adverse effect on our business. As a result, retailers may be more cautious than usual with orders as a result of weakness in the retail economy. A slowing economy in our key markets could have an adverse effect on the financial health of our customers, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, product sales are dependent in part on high quality merchandising and an appealing store environment to attract consumers, which requires continuing investments by retailers. Retailers who experience financial difficulties may fail to make such investments or delay them, resulting in lower sales and orders for our products.

Consolidation of retailers or concentration of retail market share among a few retailers may increase and concentrate our credit risk, and impair our ability to sell our products.

The athletic footwear, apparel, and equipment retail markets in some countries are dominated by a few large athletic footwear, apparel, and equipment retailers with many stores. These retailers have in the past increased their market share and may continue to do so in the future by expanding through acquisitions and construction of additional stores. These situations concentrate our credit risk with a relatively small number of retailers, and, if any of these retailers were to experience a shortage of liquidity, it would increase the risk that their outstanding payables to us may not be paid. In addition, increasing market share concentration among one or a few retailers in a particular country or region increases the risk that if any one of them substantially reduces their purchases of our products, we may be unable to find a sufficient number of other retail outlets for our products to sustain the same level of sales and revenues.

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

We utilize trademarks on nearly all of our products and believe that having distinctive marks that are readily identifiable is an important factor in creating a market for our goods, in identifying us, and in distinguishing our goods from the goods of others. We consider our NIKE ® and Swoosh Design ® trademarks to be among our most valuable assets and we have registered these trademarks in over 150 countries. In addition, we own many other trademarks that we utilize in marketing our products. We believe that our trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property rights are important to our brand, our success and our competitive position. We periodically discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products or that otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in challenging a party’s products on the basis of trademark or design or utility patent infringement, continued sales of these products could adversely affect our sales and our brand and result in the shift of consumer preference away from our products. The actions we take to establish and protect

 

13


Table of Contents

trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent imitation of our products by others or to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights.

In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. We may face significant expenses and liability in connection with the protection of our intellectual property rights outside the United States, and if we are unable to successfully protect our rights or resolve intellectual property conflicts with others, our business or financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are subject to periodic litigation and other regulatory proceedings, which could result in unexpected expense of time and resources.

From time to time we are called upon to defend ourselves against lawsuits and regulatory actions relating to our business. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation and regulatory proceedings, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. An unfavorable outcome could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any significant litigation in the future, regardless of its merits, could divert management’s attention from our operations and result in substantial legal fees.

Our international operations involve inherent risks which could result in harm to our business.

Virtually all of our athletic footwear and apparel is manufactured outside of the United States, and the majority of our products are sold outside of the United States. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks generally associated with global trade and doing business abroad, which include foreign laws and regulations, varying consumer preferences across geographic regions, political unrest, disruptions or delays in cross-border shipments and changes in economic conditions in countries in which we manufacture or sell products. In addition, disease outbreaks, terrorist acts and military conflict have increased the risks of doing business abroad. These factors, among others, could affect our ability to manufacture products or procure materials, our ability to import products, our ability to sell products in international markets, and our cost of doing business. If any of these or other factors make the conduct of business in a particular country undesirable or impractical, our business could be adversely affected. In addition, many of our imported products are subject to duties, tariffs or quotas that affect the cost and quantity of various types of goods imported into the United States and other countries. Any country in which our products are produced or sold may eliminate, adjust or impose new quotas, duties, tariffs, safeguard measures, anti-dumping duties, cargo restrictions to prevent terrorism, restrictions on the transfer of currency, or other charges or restrictions, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including: changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world, and any repatriation of non-US earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes. We regularly assess all of these matters to determine the adequacy of our tax provision, which is subject to significant discretion. Recently, the Obama administration proposed legislation that would change how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on their foreign income. If such legislation is enacted, it may have a material adverse impact to our tax rate and in turn, our profitability.

 

14


Table of Contents

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could result in higher costs and decreased margins.

A majority of our products are sold outside of the United States. As a result, we conduct transactions in various currencies, which increases our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar. Our international revenues and expenses generally are derived from sales and operations in foreign currencies, and these revenues and expenses could be affected by currency fluctuations, including amounts recorded in foreign currencies and translated into U.S. dollars for consolidated financial reporting. Currency exchange rate fluctuations could also disrupt the business of the independent manufacturers that produce our products by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and more difficult to finance. Foreign currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our hedging activities (s ee Note 18, Risk Management and Derivatives on the accompanying note to the consolidated financial statement), which are designed to minimize and delay, but not to completely eliminate, the effects of foreign currency fluctuations may not sufficiently mitigate the impact of foreign currencies on our financial results. Factors that could affect the effectiveness of our hedging activities include accuracy of sales forecasts, volatility of currency markets, and the availability of hedging instruments. Since the hedging activities are designed to minimize volatility, they not only reduce the negative impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, but they also reduce the positive impact of a weaker U.S. dollar. Our future financial results could be significantly affected by the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the foreign currencies in which we conduct business. The degree to which our financial results are affected for any given time period will depend in part upon our hedging activities.

Our products are subject to risks associated with overseas sourcing, manufacturing, and financing.

The principal materials used in our apparel products — natural and synthetic fabrics and threads, plastic and metal hardware, and specialized performance fabrics designed to repel rain, retain heat, or efficiently transport body moisture — are available in countries where our manufacturing takes place. The principal materials used in our footwear products — natural and synthetic rubber, plastic compounds, foam cushioning materials, nylon, leather, canvas and polyurethane films — are also locally available to manufacturers. NIKE contractors and suppliers buy raw materials in bulk.

There could be a significant disruption in the supply of fabrics or raw materials from current sources or, in the event of a disruption, we might not be able to locate alternative suppliers of materials of comparable quality at an acceptable price, or at all. In addition, we cannot be certain that our unaffiliated manufacturers will be able to fill our orders in a timely manner. If we experience significant increases in demand, or need to replace an existing manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional supplies of fabrics or raw materials or additional manufacturing capacity will be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or that any supplier or manufacturer would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements. In addition, even if we are able to expand existing or find new manufacturing or sources of materials, we may encounter delays in production and added costs as a result of the time it takes to train suppliers and manufacturers in our methods, products, quality control standards, and labor, health and safety standards. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of materials or manufacture of our products could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet retail customer and consumer demand for our products and result in lower revenues and net income both in the short and long term.

Because independent manufacturers manufacture a majority of our products outside of our principal sales markets, our products must be transported by third parties over large geographic distances. Delays in the shipment or delivery of our products due to the availability of transportation, work stoppages, port strikes, infrastructure congestion, or other factors, and costs and delays associated with consolidating or transitioning between manufacturers, could adversely impact our financial performance. In addition, manufacturing delays or unexpected demand for our products may require us to use faster, but more expensive, transportation methods such as aircraft, which could adversely affect our profit margins. The cost of fuel is a significant component in manufacturing and transportation costs, so increases in the price of petroleum products can adversely affect our profit margins.

 

15


Table of Contents

In addition, Sojitz America performs significant import-export financing services for most of the NIKE brand products sold outside of the United States, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Japan, excluding products produced and sold in the same country. Any failure of Sojitz America to provide these services or any failure of Sojitz America’s banks could disrupt our ability to acquire products from our suppliers and to deliver products to our customers outside of the United States, Europe, Middle East, Africa, and Japan. Such a disruption could result in cancelled orders that would adversely affect sales and profitability.

Our success depends on our global distribution facilities.

We distribute our products to customers directly from the factory and through distribution centers located throughout the world. Our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our distribution facilities, the development or expansion of additional distribution capabilities, and the timely performance of services by third parties (including those involved in shipping product to and from our distribution facilities). Our distribution facilities could be interrupted by information technology problems and disasters such as earthquakes or fires. Any significant failure in our distribution facilities could result in an adverse affect on our business. We maintain business interruption insurance, but it may not adequately protect us from adverse effects that could be caused by significant disruptions in our distribution facilities.

We rely significantly on information technology in our supply chain, and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security failure of that technology could harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

We are heavily dependent on information technology systems across our supply chain, including product design, production, forecasting, ordering, manufacturing, transportation, sales, and distribution. Our ability to effectively manage and maintain our inventory and to ship products to customers on a timely basis depends significantly on the reliability of these supply chain systems. Over the last several years, as part of the ongoing initiative to upgrade our worldwide supply chain, we have implemented new systems in all of our geographical regions in which we operate. Over the next few years, we will work to continue to enhance the systems and related processes in our global operations. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, or a breach in security of these systems could cause delays in product fulfillment and reduced efficiency of our operations, and could require significant capital investments to remediate the problem, and may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial results may be adversely affected if substantial investments in businesses and operations fail to produce expected returns.

From time to time, we may invest in business infrastructure, acquisitions of new businesses, and expansion of existing businesses, such as our retail operations, which require substantial cash investments and management attention. We believe cost effective investments are essential to business growth and profitability. However, significant investments are subject to typical risks and uncertainties inherent in acquiring or expanding a business. The failure of any significant investment to provide the returns or profitability we expect could have a material adverse effect on our financial results and divert management attention from more profitable business operations.

We depend on key personnel, the loss of whom would harm our business.

Our future success will depend in part on the continued service of key executive officers and personnel. The loss of the services of any key individual could harm us. Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract and retain additional qualified personnel. Competition for employees in our industry is intense and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel.

 

16


Table of Contents

The sale of a large number of shares held by our Chairman could depress the market price of our common stock.

Philip H. Knight, Co-founder and Chairman of our Board of Directors, beneficially owns over 96% of our Class A Common Stock. If all of his Class A Common Stock were converted into Class B Common Stock, Mr. Knight would own over 19% of our Class B Common Stock. These shares are available for resale, subject to the requirements of the U.S. securities laws. The sale or prospect of the sale of a substantial number of these shares could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Anti-takeover provisions may impair an acquisition of the Company or reduce the price of our common stock.

There are provisions of our articles of incorporation and Oregon law that are intended to protect shareholder interests by providing the Board of Directors a means to attempt to deny coercive takeover attempts or to negotiate with a potential acquirer in order to obtain more favorable terms. Such provisions include a control share acquisition statute, a freezeout statute, two classes of stock that vote separately on certain issues, and the fact holders of Class A Common Stock shares elect three-fourths of the Board of Directors rounded down to the next whole number. However, such provisions could discourage, delay or prevent an unsolicited merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that some shareholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which shareholders might receive a premium for their common stock over the prevailing market price. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests for control of the Company.

We may fail to meet analyst expectations, which could cause the price of our stock to decline.

Our common stock is traded publicly, and at any given time various securities analysts follow our financial results and issue reports on us. These reports include information about our historical financial results as well as the analysts’ estimates of our future performance. The analysts’ estimates are based upon their own opinions and are often different from our estimates or expectations. If our operating results are below the estimates or expectations of public market analysts and investors, our stock price could decline. In the past, securities class action litigation has been brought against NIKE and other companies following a decline in the market price of their securities. If our stock price is volatile, we may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Any litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources that are needed to successfully run our business.

 

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.   Properties

The following is a summary of principal properties owned or leased by NIKE.

The NIKE World Campus, owned by NIKE and located in Beaverton, Oregon, USA, is a 176 acre facility of 18 buildings which functions as our world headquarters and is occupied by almost 5,700 employees engaged in management, research, design, development, marketing, finance, and other administrative functions from nearly all of our divisions. We also lease various office facilities in the surrounding metropolitan area. We lease a similar, but smaller, administrative facility in Hilversum, the Netherlands, which serves as the headquarters for the EMEA Region.

There are three significant distribution and customer service facilities for NIKE brand products in the United States. All three of them are located in Memphis, Tennessee, one of which is leased. Cole Haan also operates a distribution facility in Greenland, New Hampshire, which we lease. Smaller leased distribution facilities for other brands and non-NIKE brand businesses are located in various parts of the United States. We

 

17


Table of Contents

also own or lease distribution and customer service facilities in many parts of the world, the most significant of which are the distribution facilities located in Tomisatomachi, Japan, and in Laakdal, Belgium, both of which we own.

We manufacture Air-Sole cushioning materials and components at NIKE IHM, Inc. manufacturing facilities located in Beaverton, Oregon and St. Charles, Missouri, which we own. We also manufacture and sell small amounts of various plastic products to other manufacturers through NIKE IHM, Inc.

Aside from the principal properties described above, we lease three production offices outside the United States, over 100 sales offices and showrooms worldwide, and approximately 60 administrative offices worldwide. We lease more than 600 retail stores worldwide, which consist primarily of factory outlet stores. See “United States Market” and “International Markets” starting on page 2 of this Report. Our leases expire at various dates through the year 2034.

 

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, to which we are a party or of which any of our property is the subject.

 

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matter was submitted during the fourth quarter of the 2009 fiscal year to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

 

18


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

NIKE’s Class B Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol NKE. At July 24, 2009, there were 20,672 holders of record of our Class B Common Stock and 16 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock. These figures do not include beneficial owners who hold shares in nominee name. The Class A Common Stock is not publicly traded but each share is convertible upon request of the holder into one share of Class B Common Stock. The following tables set forth, for each of the quarterly periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for the Class B Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape and dividends declared on the Class A and Class B Common Stock.

 

Fiscal 2009 (June 1, 2008 — May 31, 2009)

   High    Low    Dividends
Declared

First Quarter

   $ 70.28    $ 54.64    $ 0.23

Second Quarter

     68.00      42.68      0.25

Third Quarter

     57.33      40.08      0.25

Fourth Quarter

     57.14      38.24      0.25

Fiscal 2008 (June 1, 2007 — May 31, 2008)

   High    Low    Dividends
Declared

First Quarter

   $ 60.35    $ 51.87    $ 0.185

Second Quarter

     66.57      54.15      0.23

Third Quarter

     67.93      51.50      0.23

Fourth Quarter

     70.60      56.70      0.23

No share repurchases were made by NIKE during the fourth quarter ended May 31, 2009 under the four-year $3.0 billion share repurchase program authorized by our Board of Directors and announced in June 2006. As of May 31, 2009, the maximum dollar value of shares available for repurchase under this program is $300.2 million. In September 2008, our Board of Directors approved a new $5 billion share repurchase program. This new program will commence upon completion of our current $3 billion share repurchase program.

 

19


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph demonstrates a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for NIKE’s Class B Common Stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, the Standard & Poor’s Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index, and the Dow Jones U.S. Footwear Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on May 31, 2004 in each of our Class B Common Stock, and the stocks comprising the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, the Standard & Poor’s Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index, and the Dow Jones U.S. Footwear Index. Each of the indices assumes that all dividends were reinvested.

COMPARISON OF 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN AMONG NIKE, INC., S&P 500

INDEX, S&P APPAREL, ACCESSORIES & LUXURY GOODS INDEX,

AND THE DOW JONES U.S. FOOTWEAR INDEX

LOGO

The Dow Jones U.S. Footwear Index consists of NIKE, Deckers Outdoor Corp., Timberland Co., Wolverine World Wide, Inc., and Crocs, Inc. Because NIKE is part of the Dow Jones U.S. Footwear Index, the price and returns of NIKE stock have a substantial effect on this index. The Standard & Poor’s Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index consists of VF Corp., Coach, Inc., and Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation. The Dow Jones U.S. Footwear Index and the Standard & Poor’s Apparel, Accessories, and Luxury Goods Index include companies in two major lines of business in which the Company competes. The indices do not encompass all of the Company’s competitors, nor all product categories and lines of business in which the Company is engaged.

The stock performance shown on the performance graph above is not necessarily indicative of future performance. The Company will not make nor endorse any predictions as to future stock performance.

The performance graph above is being furnished solely to accompany this Report pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

20


Table of Contents
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

 

     Financial History  
     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
     (In millions, except per share data and financial ratios) (1)  

Year Ended May 31,

          

Revenues

   $ 19,176.1      $ 18,627.0      $ 16,325.9      $ 14,954.9      $ 13,739.7   

Gross margin

     8,604.4        8,387.4        7,160.5        6,587.0        6,115.4   

Gross margin %

     44.9     45.0     43.9     44.0     44.5

Restructuring charges

     195.0                               

Goodwill impairment

     199.3                               

Intangible and other asset impairment

     202.0                               

Net income

     1,486.7        1,883.4        1,491.5        1,392.0        1,211.6   

Basic earnings per common share

     3.07        3.80        2.96        2.69        2.31   

Diluted earnings per common share

     3.03        3.74        2.93        2.64        2.24   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     484.9        495.6        503.8        518.0        525.2   

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     490.7        504.1        509.9        527.6        540.6   

Cash dividends declared per common share

     0.98        0.875        0.71        0.59        0.475   

Cash flow from operations

     1,736.1        1,936.3        1,878.7        1,667.9        1,570.7   

Price range of common stock

          

High

     70.28        70.60        57.12        45.77        46.22   

Low

     38.24        51.50        37.76        38.27        34.31   

At May 31,

          

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,291.1      $ 2,133.9      $ 1,856.7      $ 954.2      $ 1,388.1   

Short-term investments

     1,164.0        642.2        990.3        1,348.8        436.6   

Inventories

     2,357.0        2,438.4        2,121.9        2,076.7        1,811.1   

Working capital

     6,457.0        5,517.8        5,492.5        4,733.6        4,339.7   

Total assets

     13,249.6        12,442.7        10,688.3        9,869.6        8,793.6   

Long-term debt

     437.2        441.1        409.9        410.7        687.3   

Redeemable Preferred Stock

     0.3        0.3        0.3        0.3        0.3   

Shareholders’ equity

     8,693.1        7,825.3        7,025.4        6,285.2        5,644.2   

Year-end stock price

     57.05        68.37        56.75        40.16        41.10   

Market capitalization

     27,697.8        33,576.5        28,472.3        20,564.5        21,462.3   

Financial Ratios:

          

Return on equity

     18.0     25.4     22.4     23.3     23.2

Return on assets

     11.6     16.3     14.5     14.9     14.5

Inventory turns

     4.4        4.5        4.4        4.3        4.4   

Current ratio at May 31

     3.0        2.7        3.1        2.8        3.2   

Price/Earnings ratio at May 31

     18.8        18.3        19.4        15.2        18.3   

 

(1)  

All share and per share information has been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock split affected in the form of a 100% common stock dividend distributed on April 2, 2007.

 

21


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

 

    1st Quarter     2nd Quarter     3rd Quarter     4th Quarter  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
   

(Unaudited)

(In millions, except per share data)

 

Revenues

  $ 5,432.2      $ 4,655.1      $ 4,590.1      $ 4,339.5      $ 4,440.8      $ 4,544.4      $ 4,713.0      $ 5,088.0   

Gross margin

    2,562.1        2,087.0        2,050.0        1,921.1        1,948.5        2,047.9        2,043.8        2,331.4   

Gross margin %

    47.2     44.8     44.7     44.3     43.9     45.1     43.4     45.8

Restructuring charges

                                              195.0          

Goodwill impairment

                                199.3                        

Intangible and other asset impairment

                                202.0                        

Net income

    510.5        569.7        391.0        359.4        243.8        463.8        341.4        490.5   

Basic earnings per common share

    1.05        1.14        0.81        0.72        0.50        0.94        0.70        1.00   

Diluted earnings per common share

    1.03        1.12        0.80        0.71        0.50        0.92        0.70        0.98   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    487.2        499.4        483.7        497.6        484.0        493.9        484.8        491.4   

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    494.9        507.3        489.8        506.2        488.1        502.5        489.4        500.1   

Cash dividends declared per common share

    0.23        0.185        0.25        0.23        0.25        0.23        0.25        0.23   

Price range of common stock

               

High

    70.28        60.35        68.00        66.57        57.33        67.93        57.14        70.60   

Low

    54.64        51.87        42.68        54.15        40.08        51.50        38.24        56.70   

 

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

NIKE designs, develops and markets high quality footwear, apparel, equipment and accessory products worldwide. We are the largest seller of athletic footwear and apparel in the world and sell our products primarily through a combination of retail accounts, NIKE-owned retail, including stores and e-commerce, independent distributors, franchisees and licensees worldwide. Our goal is to deliver value to our shareholders by building a profitable global portfolio of branded footwear, apparel, equipment and accessories businesses. Our strategy is to achieve long-term revenue growth by creating innovative, “must have” products; building deep personal consumer connections with our brands; and delivering compelling retail presentation and experiences.

We strive to convert revenue growth to shareholder value by driving operating excellence in several key areas:

 

   

Making our supply chain a competitive advantage, through operational discipline

 

   

Reducing product costs through a continued focus on lean manufacturing and product design that strives to eliminate waste

 

   

Improving selling and administrative expense productivity by focusing on investments that drive economic returns in the form of incremental revenue and gross margin, and leveraging existing infrastructure across our portfolio of brands to eliminate duplicative costs

 

   

Improving working capital efficiency

 

   

Deploying capital effectively to create value for our shareholders

Through execution of this strategy, our long-term financial goal is to achieve:

 

   

High single-digit revenue growth

 

   

Mid-teens earnings per share growth

 

   

Increased return on invested capital and accelerated cash flows, and

 

   

Consistent results through effective management of our diversified portfolio of businesses

 

22


Table of Contents

Since the adoption of this long-term strategy in 2001, on an annual compounded basis, NIKE, Inc.’s revenues and earnings per share have grown 9% and 14%, respectively. During the same period, our return on invested capital increased from 14% to 18%. In fiscal 2009, deteriorating macroeconomic conditions caused significant volatility in global financial markets and put significant pressure on discretionary consumer spending worldwide. NIKE’s fiscal 2009 revenues grew 3% to $19.2 billion, net income decreased 21% to $1.5 billion, and we delivered diluted earnings per share of $3.03, a 19% decrease versus fiscal 2008. Our fiscal 2009 reported results also contain significant non-comparable transactions, including after-tax charges of $144.5 million for our restructuring activities, which were completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, and $240.7 million for the impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets of Umbro, which was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. Our fiscal 2008 reported results include combined gains from the sale of our Starter Brand and NIKE Bauer Hockey businesses of $35.4 million, net of tax, and a one-time tax benefit of $105.4 million. Excluding these non-comparable items, net income would have increased 7% to $1.9 billion and diluted earnings per share would have increased 10% to $3.81 compared to fiscal 2008 (see Reconciliation of Net Income and Diluted Earnings Per Share Excluding Non-Comparable items below). The increase in our net income excluding non-comparable items was higher than our rate of revenue growth in fiscal 2009 due primarily to an increase in other (income) expense, net, which included foreign currency conversion gains of $43.4 million compared to foreign currency conversion losses of $76.6 million in fiscal 2008, and the recognition of licensing income of $24.0 million related to our fiscal 2008 sale of the NIKE Bauer Hockey business. Excluding non-comparable items, our earnings per share for the year grew at a higher rate than net income given lower outstanding shares due to repurchases made under our share repurchase program in the first half of fiscal 2009. Our cash flows from operations and return on invested capital both declined as compared to fiscal 2008.

During fiscal 2009, we took steps we believe prudent and necessary to identify and manage potential exposures and to position ourselves for sustainable, profitable long-term growth. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we executed a plan of restructuring the organization to streamline our management structure, enhance consumer focus, drive innovation more quickly to market, and establish a more scalable cost structure. As a result of these actions, we reduced our global workforce by approximately 5% and incurred pre-tax restructuring charges of $195 million, primarily consisting of cash charges related to severance costs. As part of this restructuring plan, we also initiated a reorganization of the NIKE brand business into a new operating model consisting of six geographies. As a result of the reorganization, beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, our new organizational structure will consist of the following geographies: North America, Western Europe, Central/Eastern Europe, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging Markets.

Other steps taken in fiscal 2009 included reductions in planned selling and administrative expenses, including the implementation of a hiring freeze, reductions in planned spending for travel, meetings and demand creation, as well as tighter inventory purchasing and working capital management. We also placed increased focus on monitoring the financial health of suppliers and customers and continued to take proactive measures to consolidate production with our strongest, most efficient and innovative manufacturing contractors to ensure we maintain a healthy production base for the present and the future. These capacity consolidation actions could result in additional costs associated with production and logistics as well as supply chain disruptions in the first half of fiscal year 2010 as we transition production between manufacturing contractors; however, we do not believe these potential additional costs will have a material impact on our operating results.

We continue to believe that the Company is well positioned from a business and financial perspective, but we are not immune to the current challenging global economic conditions. These conditions could continue to affect our business in a number of direct and indirect ways, including lower revenue from slowing consumer/customer demand for our products, reduced profit margins and/or increased costs, changes in interest and currency exchange rates, lack of credit availability and business disruptions due to difficulties experiences by suppliers and customers. Our future performance is subject to the inherent uncertainty presented by the evolving macroeconomic conditions and our continued actions to respond to these conditions.

 

23


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008     FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 19,176.1      $ 18,627.0      3   $ 16,325.9      14

Cost of sales

     10,571.7        10,239.6      3     9,165.4      12

Gross margin

     8,604.4        8,387.4      3     7,160.5      17

Gross margin %

     44.9     45.0       43.9  

Selling and administrative expense

     6,149.6        5,953.7      3     5,028.7      18

% of Revenues

     32.1     32.0       30.8  

Restructuring charges

     195.0                           

Goodwill impairment

     199.3                           

Intangible and other asset impairment

     202.0                           

Income before income taxes

     1,956.5        2,502.9      -22     2,199.9      14

Net income

     1,486.7        1,883.4      -21     1,491.5      26

Diluted earnings per share

     3.03        3.74      -19     2.93      28

Reconciliation of Net Income and Diluted Earnings Per Share Excluding Non-Comparable Items (1)

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008     FY09 vs.
FY08
Change
 
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Net income, as reported

   $ 1,486.7    $ 1,883.4      -21

Add:

       

Restructuring charges, net of tax (2)

     144.5          

Umbro impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets, net of tax (3)

     240.7          

Gain recognized on sale of NIKE Bauer Hockey, net of tax

          (17.7  

Gain recognized on sale of Starter Business, net of tax

          (17.7  

One-time tax benefits (4)

          (105.4  
                 

Net income, excluding non-comparable items

   $ 1,871.9    $ 1,742.6      7
                 

Diluted earnings per share, as reported

   $ 3.03    $ 3.74      -19

Add:

       

Restructuring charges, net of tax (2)

     0.29          

Umbro impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets, net of tax (3)

     0.49          

Gain recognized on sale of NIKE Bauer Hockey,
net of tax

          (0.04  

Gain recognized on sale of Starter Business, net of tax

          (0.04  

One-time tax benefits (4)

          (0.21  
                 

Diluted earnings per share, excluding non-comparable items

   $ 3.81    $ 3.45      10
                 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     490.7      504.1     
                 

 

( 1 )  

This schedule is intended to satisfy the quantitative reconciliation for non-GAAP financial measures in accordance with Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, this schedule is provided to enhance the visibility of the underlying business trends excluding these non-comparable items for the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

24


Table of Contents
( 2 )  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we took necessary steps to streamline our management structure, enhance consumer focus, drive innovation more quickly to market, and establish a more scalable, long-term cost structure. As a result, we incurred a $195 million pre-tax restructuring charge primarily consisting of severance costs related to the workforce reduction.

 

( 3 )  

We recorded a non-cash impairment charge during the third quarter of fiscal 2009 to reduce the carrying value of Umbro’s goodwill, indefinite-lived trademark and other assets. The impairment charge is a result of both the deteriorating global consumer markets, particularly in Umbro’s primary market, the United Kingdom, and management’s decision to adjust planned investment in the brand. In addition, the deterioration of the financial markets has reduced both the present value of future cash flows and the market value of comparable businesses.

 

( 4 )  

The tax benefit realized during fiscal 2008 relates to steps taken to realize losses generated by several international entities for which we had not previously recognized the offsetting tax benefit because the realization of those benefits had been uncertain. The necessary steps to realize those tax benefits were taken during fiscal 2008 resulting in a one-time reduction of the effective tax rate.

Consolidated Operating Results

Revenues

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

   $ 19,176.1    $ 18,627.0    3   $ 16,325.9    14

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

During fiscal 2009, changes in foreign currency exchange rates decreased revenues by 1 percentage point. The U.S. Region contributed nearly 1 percentage point of the consolidated revenue growth for fiscal 2009. Excluding the effects of changes in currency exchange rates, our international regions contributed over 3 percentage points of the consolidated revenue growth for fiscal 2009, as all of our international regions posted higher revenues on a currency neutral basis. By product group, our worldwide NIKE brand footwear business reported revenue growth of 6% and contributed $575 million of incremental revenue for fiscal 2009. Worldwide NIKE branded apparel revenues were in line with the prior year, while equipment revenues declined 2% or $20 million.

Our Other businesses, comprised primarily of results from Cole Haan, Converse Inc., Hurley International LLC, NIKE Golf, and Umbro in fiscal 2009, constituted the remaining revenue. In fiscal 2008, our Other businesses also included Exeter Brands Group (whose primary business was the Starter brand business which was sold on December 17, 2007) and NIKE Bauer Hockey (which was sold on April 17, 2008). Umbro was acquired on March 3, 2008. Revenues for these businesses declined 1% or $17 million.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

During fiscal 2008, changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed 5 percentage points of consolidated revenue growth. Strong demand for NIKE brand products continued to drive revenue growth, as all four of our geographic regions and, on a consolidated basis, all three of our product business units delivered revenue growth. The U.S. Region contributed nearly 2 percentage points of the consolidated revenue growth for fiscal 2008. Excluding the effects of changes in currency exchange rates, our international regions contributed nearly 7 percentage points of the consolidated revenue growth for fiscal 2008, as all of our international regions posted higher revenues. Our Other businesses contributed the remaining consolidated constant-currency revenue growth, as Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley and NIKE Golf posted higher year-over-year revenues.

 

25


Table of Contents

By product group, worldwide NIKE brand footwear revenue grew 14% and contributed more than $1.2 billion of incremental revenue for fiscal 2008. Worldwide NIKE branded apparel and equipment businesses reported revenue growth of 14% and 6% for the year, respectively, and combined added approximately $750 million of incremental revenue in fiscal 2008. Our Other businesses reported revenue growth of 17% and combined added more than $360 million of incremental revenue.

Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008     FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
     (In millions)

Gross Margin

   $ 8,604.4      $ 8,387.4      3%      $ 7,160.5      17%

Gross Margin %

     44.9     45.0   (10 bps     43.9   110 bps

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

During fiscal 2009, the primary factors contributing to the 10 basis point decline in consolidated gross margin percentage versus the prior year were lower gross pricing margins and increased discounts which, when combined, decreased consolidated gross margins by approximately 60 basis points. This decrease was partially offset by improved hedge rates relative to the prior year, primarily in the Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) Region. Gross pricing margins were lower, primarily driven by higher product input costs, most notably for footwear products. Higher levels of discounts were provided across all businesses in fiscal 2009 to manage inventory levels.

We anticipate our gross margins in fiscal 2010 will be negatively impacted by hedge rates that are unfavorable in comparison to the prior year.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

During fiscal 2008, the primary factors contributing to the 110 basis point increase in the consolidated gross margin percentage versus the prior year included: higher footwear in-line gross pricing margins, most notably in the U.S. Region, primarily due to strategic price increases; improved currency hedge rates relative to the prior year, primarily in the EMEA Region; and higher footwear close-out net pricing margins, most notably in the EMEA Region, primarily due to better inventory management. The factors driving an increased gross margin percentage were partially offset by lower apparel in-line gross pricing margins primarily driven by higher product costs, most notably in the U.S. and EMEA regions, and increased apparel close-out sales, primarily in the U.S. Region.

Selling and Administrative Expense

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
   Fiscal 2007     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
     (In millions)

Operating overhead expense

   $ 3,798.2      $ 3,645.4    4%    $ 3,116.3      17%

Demand creation expense (1)

     2,351.4        2,308.3    2%      1,912.4      21%
                            

Selling and administrative expense

   $ 6,149.6      $ 5,953.7    3%    $ 5,028.7      18%

% of Revenues

     32.1     32.0%    10 bps      30.8   120 bps

 

(1)  

Demand creation consists of advertising and promotion expenses, including costs of endorsement contracts.

 

26


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates decreased selling and administrative expense by 2 percentage points in fiscal 2009. Excluding changes in exchange rates, operating overhead increased 6% during fiscal 2009. The increase in operating overhead in fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to investments in growth drivers such as NIKE-owned retail in the U.S., EMEA and Asia Pacific regions, infrastructure for emerging markets in the EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and non-NIKE brand businesses, which more than offset the steps taken to reduce operating overhead spending including implementation of a hiring freeze and reductions in spending for travel and meetings.

On a constant-currency basis, demand creation expense increased 3% during fiscal 2009. Demand creation spending decreased in the second half of fiscal 2009 as a result of actions taken to reduce spending across nearly all demand creation related activities, most notably traditional media and print advertising. The increase in demand creation the first half of fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to strategic investments in demand creation, including first quarter spending around the Beijing Summer Olympics and the European Football Championships, and increased investments in athlete and team endorsements across all regions.

In fiscal 2010, we intend to reduce selling and administrative spending while shifting resources to fund initiatives that are critical to the achievement of our long-term growth goals. We expect our selling and administrative expenses to decline in the first half of fiscal 2010 compared to the same period in the prior year, reflecting both lower operating overhead and demand creation spending, with the latter driven partially by the comparison to the significant prior year demand creation investment around the Beijing Summer Olympics and European Football Championships. Future selling and administrative expense may vary from our current expectations due to changes in the rapidly evolving macroeconomic environment and our reaction to those changes.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

In fiscal 2008, selling and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenues by 120 basis points, driven primarily by strategic investments in both demand creation and operating overhead. Changes in currency exchange rates increased selling and administrative expense growth by 4 percentage points.

On a constant-currency basis, demand creation expense increased 15% versus the prior year. The year-over-year increase was primarily attributable to investments in athlete and sport team endorsers of our products, spending around major sporting events including the European Football Championships and the Beijing Summer Olympics, key product initiatives such as Men’s Training in the U.S. and retail presentation.

Excluding the effects of changes in exchange rates, operating overhead increased 14% versus the prior year. The increase in operating overhead was attributable to investments in growth drivers such as NIKE-owned retail, non-NIKE brand businesses, emerging markets and normal wage inflation and performance-based compensation.

Restructuring Charges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we executed a plan to restructure the organization to streamline our management structure, enhance consumer focus, drive innovation more quickly to market and establish a more scalable cost structure. As a result of these actions, we reduced our global workforce by approximately 5% and incurred pre-tax restructuring charges of $195 million, primarily consisting of cash charges related to severance costs. These charges are included in our “Corporate” category for segment reporting purposes.

Goodwill, Intangible and Other Asset Impairment

In the third quarter of fiscal 2009, we recognized a $401.3 million pre-tax non-cash impairment charge to reduce the carrying value of Umbro’s goodwill, intangible and other assets. Although Umbro’s financial

 

27


Table of Contents

performance for fiscal 2009 was slightly better than we had originally expected, projected future cash flows had fallen below the levels we expected at the time of acquisition. This erosion is a result of both the unprecedented decline in global consumer markets, particularly in the United Kingdom, and our decision to adjust the level of investment in the business.

We measured the fair value of Umbro by using an equal weighting of the fair value implied by a discounted cash flow analysis and by comparisons with the market values of similar publicly traded companies. We believe the blended use of both models compensates for the inherent risk associated with either model if used on a stand-alone basis, and this combination is indicative of the factors a market participant would consider when performing a similar valuation. The fair value of Umbro’s indefinite-lived trademark was estimated using the relief from royalty method, which assumes that the trademark has value to the extent that Umbro is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from the trademark. Our assessments have resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of $199.3 million and $181.3 million related to Umbro’s goodwill and trademark, respectively, in fiscal 2009. In addition to the impairment analysis, we determined an equity investment held by Umbro was impaired, and recognized a charge of $20.7 million related to the impairment of this investment. These charges are included in our “Other” category for segment reporting purposes.

For additional information about our impairment charges, see Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Other (Income) Expense, net

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

For fiscal 2009, other (income) expense, net was a gain of $88.5 million compared to a loss of $7.9 million in fiscal 2008. Other (income) expense, net is primarily comprised of foreign currency conversion gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities in non-functional currencies and results of foreign currency derivative instruments, as well as disposals of fixed assets and other unusual or non-recurring transactions that are outside the normal course of business. For fiscal 2009, other (income) expense, net was primarily comprised of $43.4 million of foreign currency conversion gains and the recognition of $24.0 million of licensing income related to our fiscal 2008 sale of the NIKE Bauer Hockey business. For fiscal 2008, other (income) expense, net was primarily comprised of a $32.0 million gain on the sale of NIKE Bauer Hockey and a $28.6 million gain on the sale of the Starter brand business, as well as foreign currency conversion losses of $76.6 million.

Foreign currency conversion gains and losses reported in other (income) expense, net, with the exception of gains and losses generated by the EMEA Region and Other businesses, are reflected in the Corporate line in our segment presentation of pre-tax income in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information).

For fiscal 2009, we estimate that the combination of foreign currency conversion gains in other (income) expense, net and the modestly favorable translation of foreign currency-denominated profits from our international businesses resulted in a year-over-year increase in consolidated income before income taxes of approximately $124 million.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

For fiscal 2008, other (income) expense, net was a loss of $7.9 million compared to a gain of $0.9 million in fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, other (income) expense, net included foreign currency conversion losses that were partially offset by the $32.0 million gain on the sale of NIKE Bauer Hockey and the $28.6 million gain on the sale of the Starter brand business. Other (income) expense, net in fiscal 2007 is primarily comprised of the $14.7 million gain on the sale-leaseback of our Oregon footwear distribution center and the $14.2 million benefit from the settlement of the Converse arbitration, partially offset by foreign currency conversion losses.

 

28


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2008, we estimate that the combination of favorable translation of foreign currency-denominated profits from international businesses and the foreign currency conversion losses included in other (income) expense, net resulted in a year-over-year increase in consolidated income before income taxes of approximately $122 million.

Income Taxes

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008     FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 

Effective tax rate

   24.0   24.8   (80 ) bps    32.2   (740 ) bps 

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 was 80 basis points lower than the effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 due primarily to the tax benefit related to the impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets of Umbro that had a favorable impact of 250 basis points. Profits earned outside of the U.S., the impact of the resolution of foreign audit items and the retroactive reinstatement of the research and development tax credit also favorably impacted our fiscal 2009 effective tax rate. Reflected in the effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 was a one-time tax benefit of $105.4 million, which had a favorable impact of 420 basis points on our effective tax rate. We estimate that our effective tax rate for fiscal year 2010 will be approximately 25.5%.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 was 24.8%, 740 basis points lower than the prior year. Over the last few years, several of our international entities generated losses for which we did not recognize the corresponding tax benefits, as the realization of those benefits was uncertain. In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, we took steps necessary to realize these benefits, resulting in a one-time tax benefit of $105.4 million. Also reflected in the year-over-year effective tax rate improvement was a reduction in our on-going effective tax rate resulting from our profits earned outside the United States; our effective tax rates for these operations are generally lower than the U.S. statutory rate.

Futures Orders

Worldwide futures and advance orders for footwear and apparel scheduled for delivery from June through November 2009 declined 12% compared to orders reported for the comparable period of fiscal 2009. This futures growth rate is calculated based upon our forecasts of the actual exchange rates under which our revenues will be translated during this period, which approximate current spot rates. The net effect from changes in currency exchange rates contributed approximately 7 percentage points to this reported futures decline versus the same period in the prior year. Excluding this currency impact, lower apparel orders drove most of the decline in overall futures and advance orders.

The reported futures and advance orders are not necessarily indicative of our expectation of revenue growth during this period. This is because the mix of orders can shift between advance/futures and at-once orders and that the fulfillment of certain orders may fall outside of the scheduled noted above. In addition, exchange rate fluctuations as well as differing levels of order cancellations and discounts can cause differences in the comparisons between futures and advance orders, and actual revenues. Moreover, a significant portion of our revenue is not derived from futures and advance orders, including at-once and close-out sales of NIKE footwear and apparel, wholesale sales of equipment, Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley, Umbro, NIKE Golf and retail sales across all brands.

 

29


Table of Contents

Operating Segments

The breakdown of revenues follows:

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008 (1)    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007 (1)    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

U.S. Region

   $ 6,542.9    $ 6,414.5    2   $ 6,131.7    5

EMEA Region

     5,512.2      5,629.2    -2     4,764.1    18

Asia Pacific Region

     3,322.0      2,887.6    15     2,295.7    26

Americas Region

     1,284.7      1,164.7    10     966.7    20
                         

Total NIKE Brand Revenues

     16,661.8      16,096.0    4     14,158.2    14

Other

     2,514.3      2,531.0    -1     2,167.7    17
                         

Total NIKE, Inc. Revenues

   $ 19,176.1    $ 18,627.0    3   $ 16,325.9    14
                         

 

(1)  

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to fiscal year 2009 presentation. These changes had no impact on previously reported results of operations or shareholders’ equity.

The breakdown of income before income taxes (“pre-tax income”) follows:

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008 (1)     FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007 (1)     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

U.S. Region

   $ 1,337.9      $ 1,402.0      -5   $ 1,386.1      1

EMEA Region

     1,316.9        1,281.9      3     1,050.1      22

Asia Pacific Region

     853.4        694.2      23     515.4      35

Americas Region

     274.1        242.3      13     199.3      22

Other

     (196.7     364.9      -154     299.7      22

Corporate Expense

     (1,629.1     (1,482.4   -10     (1,250.7   -19
                            

Total Pre-tax Income

   $ 1,956.5      $ 2,502.9      -22   $ 2,199.9      14
                            

 

(1)  

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to fiscal year 2009 presentation. These changes had no impact on previously reported results of operations or shareholders’ equity.

The following discussion includes disclosure of pre-tax income for our operating segments. We have reported pre-tax income for each of our operating segments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” As discussed in Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements, certain corporate costs are not included in pre-tax income of our operating segments.

U.S. Region

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

             

Footwear

   $ 4,550.8    $ 4,326.8    5   $ 4,067.2    6

Apparel

     1,664.4      1,745.1    -5     1,716.1    2

Equipment

     327.7      342.6    -4     348.4    -2
                         

Total Revenues

   $ 6,542.9    $ 6,414.5    2   $ 6,131.7    5
                         

Pre-tax Income

   $ 1,337.9    $ 1,402.0    -5   $ 1,386.1    1

 

30


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

During fiscal 2009, the increase in U.S. footwear revenue was the result of low-single digit growth in both unit sales and average selling price per pair. The growth in unit sales was primarily driven by higher demand for our Jordan brand, action sports and kids’ products. The increase in average selling price per pair was attributable to selective price increases, primarily during the first half of fiscal 2009, and increased sales mix of higher priced Jordan brand products, partially offset by increased sales mix of kids’ products which are lower priced.

The year-over-year decrease in U.S. apparel revenues during fiscal 2009 reflected a mid-single digit decrease in unit sales, primarily driven by a reduction in products sold to value channel retailers and generally softer demand in the overall apparel market. Average selling prices increased slightly as a result of the reduction in products sold to value retailers, mostly offset by an increased mix of close-out sales and higher levels of discounts provided retailers to manage inventory levels.

Pre-tax income for the U.S. Region declined in fiscal 2009 as a result of higher operating overhead expenses and lower gross margins. The increase in operating overhead was attributable to investments in NIKE-owned retail. Gross margins decreased as a result of higher warehousing costs, higher retail inventory markdowns and increased customer discounts provided to manage inventory levels.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

During fiscal 2008, the increase in U.S. footwear revenue was the result of low-single digit growth in unit sales and a slight increase in the average selling price per pair. The growth in unit sales and average selling price per pair was driven by higher demand for our NIKE brand sportswear products and Jordan brand products, partially offset by a decrease in demand for our NIKE brand basketball products. The increase in average selling price per pair was also attributable to strategic price increases and an increased sales mix of higher priced NIKE brand sportswear and Jordan brand products.

The year-over-year increase in U.S. apparel revenues during fiscal 2008 reflected an increase in unit sales, mostly offset by lower average selling prices. The increase in unit sales was primarily driven by higher close-out sales and increased demand for NIKE brand sports performance products, partially offset by lower unit sales of sportswear and Jordan brand products. Average selling prices decreased primarily as a result of a higher mix of close-out sales.

The year-over-year decrease in U.S. equipment revenues during fiscal 2008 was primarily the result of lower unit sales of accessory products and fewer close-out sales.

Pre-tax income for the U.S. Region grew at a slower rate than revenue in fiscal 2008 as a result of higher demand creation and operating overhead expenses, partially offset by higher gross margins, driven by footwear. The increase in demand creation was driven by higher sports marketing expenses and investments in the retail presentation of our key wholesale customers. The increase in operating overhead was attributable to investments in NIKE-owned retail and normal wage inflation.

 

31


Table of Contents

EMEA Region

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

             

Footwear

   $ 3,136.7    $ 3,112.6    1   $ 2,608.0    19

Apparel

     1,970.2      2,083.5    -5     1,757.2    19

Equipment

     405.3      433.1    -6     398.9    9
                         

Total Revenues

   $ 5,512.2    $ 5,629.2    -2   $ 4,764.1    18
                         

Pre-tax Income

   $ 1,316.9    $ 1,281.9    3   $ 1,050.1    22

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

For the EMEA Region, changes in currency exchange rates negatively impacted revenue growth by approximately 2 percentage points in fiscal 2009. Excluding changes in currency exchange rates, a number of markets within the region experienced lower revenues, reflecting a more difficult retail environment in these markets. The U.K. remained flat for fiscal 2009 while the emerging markets in the region grew 14%, driven by stronger results in Russia during the first half of fiscal 2009. These results were offset by lower revenues in Southern European markets, including Spain, Italy and France.

Excluding changes in exchange rates, footwear revenues increased 4 percentage points during fiscal 2009. The increase in footwear revenue was attributable to mid single-digit growth in unit sales, partially offset by a low single-digit decrease in the average selling price per pair. The growth in unit sales was driven primarily by higher demand for NIKE brand sportswear and kids’ products. The decrease in average selling price per pair was mainly attributable to higher customer discounts and a shift in product mix to lower priced product models, most notably higher volume of kids’ products.

On a currency neutral basis, EMEA apparel revenue decreased 4 percentage points during fiscal 2009, primarily driven by lower average selling prices resulting from a higher mix of close-out sales and higher levels of discounts provided retailers to manage inventory levels, which more than offset a mid single-digit increase in unit sales.

The year-over-year increase in pre-tax income for the EMEA Region during fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by a higher gross margin percentage, partially offset by slightly higher selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues. The gross margin improvement in fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to improved year-over-year currency hedge rates which more than offset higher warehousing costs and discounts on in-line products. The increase in selling and administrative expenses was mainly driven by retail expansion across the region.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

For the EMEA Region, changes in currency exchange rates contributed 11 percentage points of the revenue growth during fiscal 2008. Nearly all markets within the region increased revenues during the year. The emerging markets in the region grew nearly 25%, driven by strong results in Russia, Turkey and South Africa. Increases in Northern Europe and the U.K. also contributed significantly to the revenue growth.

Excluding changes in exchange rates, footwear revenues increased 8 percentage points during fiscal 2008 compared to the prior year. The increase in footwear revenue was attributable to double-digit growth in unit sales, partially offset by a low single-digit decrease in the average selling price per pair. The growth in unit sales was driven primarily by higher demand for our NIKE brand soccer and sportswear products. The decrease in

 

32


Table of Contents

average selling price per pair resulted from a shift in product mix from higher priced to lower priced product models, most notably within our NIKE brand sportswear product lines.

On a currency neutral basis, EMEA apparel revenue increased 8 percentage points during fiscal 2008 compared to the prior year, primarily as a result of increased unit sales and a slight increase in average selling prices. The increase in unit sales was driven primarily by increased demand for sports performance products, most notably soccer.

The increase in pre-tax income for the EMEA Region during fiscal 2008 compared to the prior year was primarily driven by the increase in revenues, favorable foreign currency translation and a higher gross margin percentage, partially offset by higher selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues. The gross margin improvement in fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to improved year-over-year hedge rates and improved margins on close-out product. The increase in selling and administrative expenses was driven by an increase in demand creation spending, primarily attributable to spending around the European Football Championships. As a result of retail expansion and overall business growth across the region, operating overhead expenses increased for the year, but at a slower rate than revenue growth.

Asia Pacific Region

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

             

Footwear

   $ 1,727.1    $ 1,499.5    15   $ 1,159.2    29

Apparel

     1,322.3      1,140.0    16     909.3    25

Equipment

     272.6      248.1    10     227.2    9
                         

Total Revenues

   $ 3,322.0    $ 2,887.6    15   $ 2,295.7    26
                         

Pre-tax Income

   $ 853.4    $ 694.2    23   $ 515.4    35

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

In the Asia Pacific Region, changes in currency exchange rates contributed 3 percentage points of revenue growth for fiscal 2009. Excluding changes in currency exchange rates, all countries across the region delivered revenue growth. China continues to be the primary driver of growth within the region as fiscal 2009 revenues increased 22% on a currency-neutral basis, driven by expansion in both the number of stores selling NIKE products and sales through existing stores. China’s rate of revenue growth slowed to 6% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 as we lapped very strong growth in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. On a currency neutral basis, revenues in Japan were up 1% compared to fiscal 2008.

Footwear and apparel revenue growth for fiscal 2009 were driven primarily by an increase in unit sales, most notably in China. The growth in unit sales was slightly offset by a low-single digit reduction in average selling prices in fiscal 2009 resulting primarily from increased discounts on in-line products provided retailers to manage inventory levels.

The increase in pre-tax income for the Asia Pacific Region for fiscal 2009 was driven by higher revenues and improved gross margins, which more than offset higher selling and administrative expenses. Gross margins improved versus the prior year, primarily driven by improved year-over-year standard foreign currency rates and reduced warehousing costs, which more than offset increased product discounts. Selling and administrative expenses increased, but represented a lower percentage of revenues in fiscal 2009 versus fiscal 2008. The increase in selling and administrative expenses during fiscal 2009 was primarily due to retail and infrastructure expansion, primarily in China, and spending around brand events.

 

33


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

In the Asia Pacific Region, changes in currency exchange rates contributed 6 percentage points of revenue growth for fiscal 2008. Nearly all countries across the region delivered revenue growth on a currency neutral basis. China continues to be the primary driver of growth within the region as fiscal 2008 revenues increased 50% on a currency-neutral basis, driven by the expansion in both the number of stores selling NIKE products and sales through existing stores. Constant-currency revenues in Japan increased 2% during fiscal 2008.

Footwear revenue growth for fiscal 2008 reflected increased unit sales, most notably in China, partially offset by lower average selling prices driven primarily by a shift in mix from higher priced to lower priced models. The year-over-year increase in apparel revenue was driven by increased demand in China.

The increase in pre-tax income for the Asia Pacific Region for fiscal 2008 was driven by higher revenues, improved gross margins and favorable foreign currency translation, which more than offset slightly higher selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue. The gross margin improvement versus the prior year was primarily driven by reduced warehousing costs, improved year-over-year standard currency rates and improved margins on close-out product. The increase in selling and administrative expenses during fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to spending around the Beijing Summer Olympics. Overall business growth across the region combined with retail expansion, primarily in China, also contributed to an increase in operating overhead expenses, which grew slightly slower than revenues.

Americas Region

 

     Fiscal 2009    Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

             

Footwear

   $ 892.1    $ 792.7    13   $ 679.6    17

Apparel

     287.8      265.4    8     193.9    37

Equipment

     104.8      106.6    -2     93.2    14
                         

Total Revenues

   $ 1,284.7    $ 1,164.7    10   $ 966.7    20
                         

Pre-tax Income

   $ 274.1    $ 242.3    13   $ 199.3    22

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

In the Americas Region, changes in currency exchange rates negatively impacted revenue growth by approximately 9 percentage points in fiscal 2009. Excluding changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the Americas Region reported growth in all markets, led by Brazil, Argentina and Mexico.

The increase in pre-tax income for fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to higher revenues and selling and administrative expense leverage, which more than offset lower gross margins. Selling and administrative expenses were higher than fiscal 2008, but represented a lower percentage of revenues for fiscal 2009. The increase in selling and administrative expense was due to increases in both demand creation and operating overhead expenses mainly driven by spending around retail marketing programs, brand events and normal wage inflation. The slight decrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2009 was mainly due to a higher sales mix of lower margin footwear products and higher import costs, which more than offset improved year-on-year standard foreign currency rates.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

In the Americas Region, changes in currency exchange rates contributed 7 percentage points of revenue growth for fiscal 2008. Excluding changes in foreign currency exchange rates, the Americas Region reported growth in all markets, led by Argentina, Mexico and Brazil.

 

34


Table of Contents

The increase in pre-tax income for fiscal 2008 versus the prior year was primarily attributable to higher revenues, improved gross margins and operating overhead leverage, combined with favorable foreign currency translation. These factors were partially offset by higher demand creation spending as a percentage of revenue. The gross margin improvement was driven primarily by higher in-line net pricing margins resulting from a better mix of products sold and fewer discounts offered in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. The increase in demand creation spending during fiscal 2008 was primarily attributable to investments in sports marketing, most notably in soccer, brand events and investments in our retail presentation.

Other Businesses

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008    FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007    FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Revenues

            

Converse

   $ 915.3      $ 729.0    26   $ 563.8    29

NIKE Golf

     648.3        725.2    -11     646.3    12

Cole Haan

     471.6        496.2    -5     468.6    6

Hurley

     202.9        171.1    19     150.6    14

Umbro

     174.0        53.9    223          

Bauer

            201.9    -100     166.1    22

Exeter

            35.1    -100     67.7    -48

Other

     102.2        118.6    -14     104.6    13
                          

Revenues

   $ 2,514.3      $ 2,531.0    -1   $ 2,167.7    17
                          

Pre-tax Income

   $ (196.7   $ 364.9    -154   $ 299.7    22

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

For fiscal 2009, our Other businesses were primarily comprised of Cole Haan, Converse, Hurley, NIKE Golf and Umbro. For fiscal 2008, our Other businesses were primarily comprised of Cole Haan, Converse, Exeter (whose primary business was the Starter brand business which was sold on December 17, 2007), Hurley, NIKE Bauer Hockey (which was sold on April 17, 2008), NIKE Golf and Umbro (which was acquired on March 3, 2008).

The slight decrease in Other businesses revenues for fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to the loss of revenue from NIKE Bauer Hockey and the Starter brand business. Excluding the loss of revenue from NIKE Bauer Hockey and the Starter brand business and the addition of Umbro, Other businesses revenues for fiscal 2009 would have increased 5%, driven by the strong performance from Converse and Hurley, offset by sales decreases at NIKE Golf and Cole Haan, due to reductions in consumer discretionary spending in their respective markets.

Pre-tax income for Other businesses declined for fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of a $401.3 million pre-tax non-cash impairment charge to reduce the carrying value of Umbro’s goodwill, intangible and other assets. Excluding the impairment charge, the loss of income from NIKE Bauer Hockey and the Starter brand business along with the dilutive impact of Umbro, pre-tax income for Other businesses would have decreased by 28%, driven by declines in operating results at NIKE Golf and Cole Haan.

For additional information about our impairment charges, see Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

35


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

The increase in Other business revenues was driven by higher revenues across most businesses, most notably Converse and NIKE Golf. The increase in Converse and NIKE Golf is mainly driven by strong consumer demand both in the United States and international markets. The growth at Cole Haan is mainly driven by the strong results at Company-owned retail stores.

During fiscal 2008, growth at Converse and NIKE Golf, combined with margin improvements across most businesses drove the year-over-year increase in pre-tax income. Fiscal 2007 pre-tax income included a $14.2 million benefit relating to the settlement of an arbitration ruling involving Converse and a former South American licensee. Fiscal 2008 pre-tax income for our Other businesses would have increased approximately 18% versus fiscal 2007 excluding this favorable settlement.

On March 3, 2008, we completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Umbro, a United Kingdom-based global soccer brand, for a purchase price of £290.5 million in cash (approximately $576.4 million), inclusive of direct transaction costs. This acquisition was intended to strengthen our market position in the United Kingdom and expand NIKE’s global leadership in soccer, a key area of growth for the Company. This acquisition also provides positions in emerging soccer markets such as China, Russia and Brazil. The results of Umbro’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and in the “Other” operating segment since the date of acquisition. Umbro, which was listed on the London Stock Exchange prior to our acquisition, reported in their 2006 annual report that revenues for calendar year 2006 were approximately $276 million (£149.5 million), and estimated that the combination of Umbro’s calendar year 2006 wholesale revenue and estimated sales revenue earned by Umbro’s licensees from the sale of Umbro products totaled approximately $755 million (£409.4 million).

Following a strategic review of the Company’s existing business portfolio, we concluded that the Starter and NIKE Bauer Hockey businesses did not align with our long-term growth priorities. On December 17, 2007 we completed the sale of the Starter brand business for $60 million in cash. On April 17, 2008, we completed the sale of the NIKE Bauer Hockey business for net proceeds of $189.2 million after working capital adjustments. These transactions resulted in gains of approximately $28.6 million and $32.0 million, respectively, which are reflected in the Corporate line in our segment presentation of pre-tax income in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information).

Corporate Expense

 

     Fiscal 2009     Fiscal 2008     FY09 vs.
FY08
% Change
    Fiscal 2007     FY08 vs.
FY07
% Change
 
     (In millions)  

Corporate Expense

   $ (1,629.1   $ (1,482.4   -10   $ (1,250.7   -19

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

Corporate expense consists of unallocated general and administrative expenses, which includes expenses associated with centrally managed departments, depreciation and amortization related to the Company’s corporate headquarters, unallocated insurance and benefit programs, foreign currency gains and losses, including hedge gains and losses, corporate eliminations and other items.

The increase in corporate expense in fiscal 2009 was primarily attributable to pre-tax restructuring charges of $195 million, consisting primarily of cash charges related to severance costs.

 

36


Table of Contents

Foreign currency gains and losses include conversion gains and losses generated by our centrally managed foreign currency hedging program and other conversion gains and losses. Foreign currency gains and losses also include gains and losses resulting from the difference between actual foreign currency rates and standard rates assigned to our regions. With the exception of foreign currency gains and losses generated by the EMEA Region and Other businesses, which are reported within their respective operating results, substantially all of the Company’s remaining conversion gains and losses as well as standard to actual foreign currency gains and losses reside at Corporate. In fiscal 2009, foreign currency conversion gains (losses) reported in Corporate expense totaled $45.9 million compared to ($76.3) million in fiscal 2008, which was primarily driven by a net gain from currency hedges in fiscal 2009 versus a net hedge loss in fiscal 2008.

Fiscal 2008 Compared to Fiscal 2007

The increase in corporate expense from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 was primarily driven by increased employee compensation expense due to the increase in centralized corporate functions, higher performance-based compensation as well as increased investments in demand creation, including other spending around the Beijing Summer Olympics.

In fiscal 2008, foreign currency conversion loss reported in Corporate expense totaled $76.3 million compared to $31.7 million in fiscal 2007, which was primarily driven by a larger net loss from currency hedges in fiscal 2008 versus 2007.

Foreign Currency Exposures and Hedging Practices

Overview

As a global company with significant operations outside the U.S., in the normal course of business we are exposed to risk arising from changes in currency exchange rates. Foreign currency fluctuations affect the recording of transactions, such as sales, purchases and intercompany transactions denominated in non-functional currencies and the translation of foreign currency denominated results of operations, financial position and cash flows into U.S. dollars for consolidated reporting. Our primary foreign currency exposures are related to U.S. dollar transactions at wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries, as well as transactions and translation of results denominated in the Euro, British pound, Chinese renminbi and Japanese yen.

Our foreign exchange risk management program is intended to minimize both the positive and negative effects of currency fluctuations on our reported consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows. This also has the effect of delaying the impact of current market rates on our consolidated financial statements, dependent upon hedge horizons. We manage global foreign exchange risk centrally on a portfolio basis, to manage those risks that are material to NIKE, Inc. on a consolidated basis. We manage these exposures by taking advantage of natural offsets and currency correlations that exist within the portfolio, and by hedging remaining material exposures, where practical, using derivative instruments such as forward contracts and options. The Company’s hedging policies are designed to partially or entirely offset changes in the underlying exposures being hedged. We account for derivative financial instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as issued and amended (“FAS 133”). We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative trading purposes.

Transactional exposures

We transact business in various currencies and have significant revenues and costs denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the relevant subsidiary, which subjects us to foreign currency risk. Our most significant transactional foreign currency exposures are:

 

  1.  

Inventory Purchases — Most of our inventory purchases around the world are denominated in U.S. dollars. This generates foreign currency exposures for all subsidiaries with a functional currency other

 

37


Table of Contents
 

than the U.S. dollar. A weaker U.S. dollar reduces the inventory cost in the purchasing subsidiary’s functional currency whereas a stronger U.S. dollar increases the inventory cost.

 

  2.   Non-Functional Currency Revenues — A portion of our EMEA Region revenues are earned in currencies other than the Euro (e.g. British pound), but are recognized at a subsidiary that uses the Euro as its functional currency, generating foreign currency exposures.

 

  3.   Other Revenues and Costs — Non-functional currency revenues and costs, such as endorsement contracts, intercompany royalties and other payments, generate foreign currency risk to a lesser extent.

 

  4.   Non-functional currency asset and liabilities — Our global subsidiaries have various assets and liabilities, primarily receivables and payables, that are denominated in currencies other than their functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to remeasurement under SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation,” (“FAS 52”), which may create fluctuations in other (income) expense within our consolidated results of operations.

Managing transactional exposures

Transactional exposures are managed on a portfolio basis within our foreign currency risk management program. We use currency forward contracts and options with maturities up to 23 months to hedge the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on probable forecasted future cash flows, including non-functional currency revenues and expenses. These are accounted for as cash flow hedges in accordance with FAS 133. The fair value of these instruments at May 31, 2009 and 2008 was $248.0 million and $95.3 million in assets and $12.2 million and $149.8 million in liabilities, respectively. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of these instruments is reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”), a component of shareholders’ equity, and reclassified into earnings in the same financial statement line item and in the same period or periods during which the related hedged transactions affect earnings. The ineffective portion, which was not material for any year presented, is immediately recognized in earnings as a component of other (income) expense, net.

Certain currency forward contracts used to manage foreign exchange exposure of non-functional currency assets and liabilities subject to remeasurement are not designated as hedges under FAS 133. In these cases, the change in value of the instruments is intended to offset the foreign currency impact of the remeasurement of the related asset or liability. The fair value of these instruments at May 31, 2009 and 2008, was $13.2 million and $34.2 million in assets and $34.3 million and $7.3 million in liabilities, respectively. The change in value of these instruments is immediately recognized in earnings. The impact of such instruments is included in other (income) expense, net and aims to offset foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses of the exposures being hedged.

Refer to Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional quantitative detail.

Translational exposures

Substantially all of our foreign subsidiaries operate in functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates create volatility in our reported results as we are required to translate the balance sheets and operational results of these foreign currency denominated subsidiaries into U.S. dollars for consolidated reporting. The translation of foreign subsidiaries non-U.S. dollar balance sheets into U.S. dollars for consolidated reporting results in a cumulative translation adjustment to OCI within shareholders’ equity. In preparing our consolidated statements of income, foreign exchange rate fluctuations impact our operating results as the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars. In translation, a weaker U.S. dollar in relation to foreign functional currencies benefits our consolidated earnings whereas a stronger U.S. dollar reduces our consolidated earnings. The impact of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on the translation of our consolidated revenues and pre-tax income was a net translation benefit (detriment) of ($199.4) million and $4.0 million, respectively, for the twelve months ended May 31, 2009.

 

38


Table of Contents

Managing translational exposures

To minimize the impact of translating foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses into U.S. dollars for consolidated reporting, certain foreign subsidiaries use excess cash to purchase U.S. dollar denominated available-for-sale investments. The variable future cash flows associated with the purchase and subsequent sale of these U.S. dollar denominated securities at non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries creates a foreign currency exposure that qualifies for hedge accounting under FAS 133. We utilize forward contracts and options to partially, or entirely, hedge the variability of the forecasted future purchases and sales of these U.S. dollar investments. This has the effect of partially offsetting the year-over-year foreign currency translation impact on net earnings in the period the investments are sold. Hedges of available-for-sale investments are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The fair value of instruments used in this manner at May 31, 2009 and 2008 was $103.6 million and $7.8 million in assets and $0 and $14.4 million in liabilities, respectively. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of these instruments is reported in OCI and reclassified into earnings in other (income) expense, net in the period during which the hedged available-for-sale investment is sold and affects earnings. Any ineffective portion, which was not material for any year presented, is immediately recognized in earnings as a component of other (income) expense, net.

For fiscal 2009, we estimate that the combination of foreign currency conversion gains in other (income) expense, net and the modestly favorable translation of foreign currency-denominated profits from our international businesses resulted in a year-over-year increase in consolidated income before income taxes of approximately $124 million.

Refer to Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for additional quantitative detail.

Net investments in foreign subsidiaries

We are also exposed to the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on our investments in wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, which could adversely impact the U.S. dollar value of these investments and therefore the value of future repatriated earnings. During fiscal 2008, we began to hedge certain net investment positions in Euro-functional currency foreign subsidiaries to mitigate the effects of foreign exchange fluctuations on net investments, with the effect of preserving the value of future repatriated earnings. In accordance with FAS 133, the effective portion of the change in fair value of the forward contracts designated as net investment hedges is recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion, which was not material for any year presented, is immediately recognized in earnings as a component of other (income) expense, net. To minimize credit risk, we have structured these net investment hedges to be generally less than six months in duration. Upon maturity, the hedges are settled based on the current fair value of the forward contracts with the realized gain or loss remaining in OCI; concurrent with settlement, we enter into new forward contracts at the current market rate. The impact of net investment hedges reflected in OCI was a pre-tax gain (loss) of $161.4 million and ($68.6) million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Cash flows from net investment hedge settlements totaled $191.3 million and ($76.0) million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flow Activity

Cash provided by operations was $1.7 billion for fiscal 2009 compared to $1.9 billion for fiscal 2008. This decrease was mainly due to an increase in cash used for our working capital as a result of lower accounts payable and a higher accounts receivable balance. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to lower purchases of inventory as well as a reduction in overall spending. The higher accounts receivable balance is a result of a longer collection cycle, reflecting a more challenging retail environment experienced by our customers in the EMEA and U.S. regions.

 

39


Table of Contents

Cash used by investing activities was $0.8 billion during fiscal 2009 compared to $0.5 billion in fiscal 2008. The year-over-year increase was primarily due to a net increase in short-term investments purchased in fiscal 2009. The increase in net purchases of short-term investments in fiscal 2009 was partially offset by proceeds from settlement of net investment hedges of $191.3 million. During the second half of fiscal 2008, we began to use net investment hedges to mitigate the risk of variability in foreign-currency-denominated net investments in certain wholly-owned international subsidiaries.

Cash used in financing activities was $0.7 billion during fiscal 2009, compared to $1.2 billion in fiscal 2008. The decrease in fiscal 2009 was primarily due to a decrease in share repurchases to preserve liquidity given the current financial market conditions.

In fiscal 2009, we purchased approximately 10.6 million shares of NIKE’s Class B Common Stock for $639.0 million. As of the end of fiscal 2009, we have repurchased 49.2 million shares for $2.7 billion under the $3 billion program approved by our Board of Directors in June 2006. In September 2008, our Board of Directors approved a new $5 billion share repurchase program. The new program will commence upon completion of our current $3 billion share repurchase program. We expect to fund share repurchases from operating cash flow, excess cash, and/or debt. The timing and the amount of shares purchased will be dictated by our capital needs and stock market conditions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In connection with various contracts and agreements, we provide routine indemnifications relating to the enforceability of intellectual property rights, coverage for legal issues that arise and other items that fall under the scope of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” Currently, we have several such agreements in place. However, based on our historical experience and the estimated probability of future loss, we have determined that the fair value of such indemnifications is not material to our financial position or results of operations.

Contractual Obligations

Our significant long-term contractual obligations as of May 31, 2009, and significant endorsement contracts entered into through the date of this report are as follows:

 

     Cash Payments Due During the Year Ending May 31,

Description of Commitment

   2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter    Total
     (In millions)

Operating Leases

   $ 330.2    $ 281.3    $ 233.6    $ 195.6    $ 168.6    $ 588.5    $ 1,797.8

Long-term Debt

     32.0      6.9      167.1      46.9      56.9      144.6    $ 454.4

Endorsement Contracts (1)

     711.7      654.6      601.0      509.7      431.0      1,293.9    $ 4,201.9

Product Purchase Obligations (2)

     1,985.7                             $ 1,985.7

Other (3)

     247.1      106.3      67.8      78.0      3.0      2.0    $ 504.2
                                                

Total

   $ 3,306.7    $ 1,049.1    $ 1,069.5    $ 830.2    $ 659.5    $ 2,029.0    $ 8,944.0
                                                

 

(1)  

The amounts listed for endorsement contracts represent approximate amounts of base compensation and minimum guaranteed royalty fees we are obligated to pay athlete and sport team endorsers of our products. Actual payments under some contracts may be higher than the amounts listed as these contracts provide for bonuses to be paid to the endorsers based upon athletic achievements and/or royalties on product sales in future periods. Actual payments under some contracts may also be lower as these contracts include provisions for reduced payments if athletic performance declines in future periods.

In addition to the cash payments, we are obligated to furnish our endorsers with NIKE product for their use. It is not possible to determine how much we will spend on this product on an annual basis as the contracts generally do not stipulate a specific amount of cash to be spent on the product. The amount of

 

40


Table of Contents

product provided to the endorsers will depend on many factors including general playing conditions, the number of sporting events in which they participate, and our own decisions regarding product and marketing initiatives. In addition, the costs to design, develop, source, and purchase the products furnished to the endorsers are incurred over a period of time and are not necessarily tracked separately from similar costs incurred for products sold to customers.

 

(2)  

We generally order product at least four to five months in advance of sale based primarily on advanced futures orders received from customers. The amounts listed for product purchase obligations represent agreements (including open purchase orders) to purchase products in the ordinary course of business, that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms. In some cases, prices are subject to change throughout the production process. The reported amounts exclude product purchase liabilities included in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2009.

 

(3)  

Other amounts primarily include service and marketing commitments made in the ordinary course of business. The amounts represent the minimum payments required by legally binding contracts and agreements that specify all significant terms, including open purchase orders for non-product purchases. The reported amounts exclude those liabilities included in accounts payable or accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2009.

The total liability for uncertain tax positions was $273.9 million, excluding related interest and penalties, at May 31, 2009. We are not able to reasonably estimate when or if cash payments of the long-term liability for uncertain tax positions will occur.

We also have the following outstanding short-term debt obligations as of May 31, 2009. Please refer to the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements (Note 7 — Short-Term Borrowings and Credit Lines) for further description and interest rates related to the short-term debt obligations listed below.

 

     Outstanding as of
May 31, 2009
     (In millions)

Notes payable, due at mutually agreed-upon dates within one year of issuance or on demand

   $ 342.9

Payable to Sojitz America for the purchase of inventories, generally due 60 days after shipment of goods from a foreign port

   $ 78.5

As of May 31, 2009, letters of credit of $154.8 million were outstanding, generally for the purchase of inventory.

Capital Resources

In December 2008, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under which $760 million in debt securities may be issued. As of May 31, 2009, no debt securities had been issued under this shelf registration. We may issue debt securities under the shelf registration in fiscal 2010 depending on general corporate needs.

As of May 31, 2009, we had no amounts outstanding under our multi-year, $1 billion revolving credit facility in place with a group of banks. The facility matures in December 2012. Based on our current long-term senior unsecured debt ratings of A+ and A1 from Standard and Poor’s Corporation and Moody’s Investor Services, respectively, the interest rate charged on any outstanding borrowings would be the prevailing London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 0.15%. The facility fee is 0.05% of the total commitment.

If our long-term debt rating were to decline, the facility fee and interest rate under our committed credit facility would increase. Conversely, if our long-term debt rating were to improve, the facility fee and interest rate would decrease. Changes in our long-term debt rating would not trigger acceleration of maturity of any then outstanding borrowings or any future borrowings under the committed credit facility. Under this committed credit facility, we have agreed to various covenants. These covenants include limits on our disposal of fixed assets and the amount of debt secured by liens we may incur as well as a minimum capitalization ratio. In the

 

41


Table of Contents

event we were to have any borrowings outstanding under this facility, failed to meet any covenant, and were unable to obtain a waiver from a majority of the banks, any borrowings would become immediately due and payable. As of May 31, 2009, we were in full compliance with each of these covenants and believe it is unlikely we will fail to meet any of these covenants in the foreseeable future.

Liquidity is also provided by our $1 billion commercial paper program. As of May 31, 2009, $100 million was outstanding under this program at a weighted average interest rate of 0.40%. This borrowing was repaid subsequent to May 31, 2009. We may issue commercial paper from time to time during fiscal 2010 depending on general corporate needs. We currently have short-term debt ratings of A1 and P1 from Standard and Poor’s Corporation and Moody’s Investor Services, respectively.

Despite recent uncertainties in the financial markets, to date we have not experienced difficulty accessing the credit markets or incurred higher interest costs. Continuing volatility in the capital markets, however, may increase costs associated with issuing commercial paper or other debt instruments or affect our ability to access those markets. Notwithstanding these adverse market conditions, we believe that current cash and short-term investment balances and cash generated by operations, together with access to external sources of funds as described above, will be sufficient to meet our operating and capital needs in the foreseeable future.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

On December 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (“FAS 161”), which provides revised guidance for enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and the related hedged items are accounted for under FAS 133, and how derivative instruments and the related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The adoption of FAS 161 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. For additional information, see Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

On June 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”) for financial assets and liabilities, which clarifies the meaning of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under FAS 157 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income when they occur. The effective date of the provisions of FAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities, except for items recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, was deferred by FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2 (“FSP FAS 157-2”) and is effective for the fiscal year beginning June 1, 2009. The adoption of FAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. The adoption of FAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. See Note 6 — Fair Value Measurements in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Also effective June 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“FAS 159”), which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. As of May 31, 2009, we have not elected the fair value option for any additional financial assets and liabilities beyond those already prescribed by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active” (“FSP FAS 157-3”). FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the application of FAS 157 in a market that is not active and defines additional key criteria in determining the fair value of a

 

42


Table of Contents

financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 applies to financial assets within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements in accordance with FAS 157. FSP FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance and the application of FSP FAS 157-3 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (“FAS 165”), which establishes general standards of accounting and disclosure for events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The provisions of FAS 165 are effective for the quarter ending August 31, 2009. We do not expect the adoption will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1”), which amends SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim and annual reporting periods. The provisions of FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 are effective for the quarter ending August 31, 2009. We do not expect the adoption will have an impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141(R)”) and SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”). These standards aim to improve, simplify, and converge international standards of accounting for business combinations and the reporting of noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. The provisions of FAS 141(R) are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after June 1, 2009. Generally, the effects of FAS 141(R) will depend on future acquisitions. The provisions of FAS No. 160 are effective for the Company beginning June 1, 2009. We do not expect that the adoption of FAS 160 will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS 141(R), and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The provisions of FSP FAS 142-3 are effective for the fiscal year beginning June 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our previous discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.

We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements, so we consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results could differ from the estimates we use in applying the critical accounting policies. Certain of these critical accounting policies affect

 

43


Table of Contents

working capital account balances, including the policies for revenue recognition, the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, inventory reserves, and contingent payments under endorsement contracts. These policies require that we make estimates in the preparation of our financial statements as of a given date. However, since our business cycle is relatively short, actual results related to these estimates are generally known within the six-month period following the financial statement date. Thus, these policies generally affect only the timing of reported amounts across two to three fiscal quarters.

Within the context of these critical accounting policies, we are not currently aware of any reasonably likely events or circumstances that would result in materially different amounts being reported.

Revenue Recognition

We record wholesale revenues when title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer, based on the terms of sale. Title passes generally upon shipment or upon receipt by the customer depending on the country of the sale and the agreement with the customer. Retail store revenues are recorded at the time of sale.

In some instances, we ship product directly from our supplier to the customer and recognize revenue when the product is delivered to and accepted by the customer. Our revenues may fluctuate in cases when our customers delay accepting shipment of product for periods up to several weeks.

In certain countries outside of the U.S., precise information regarding the date of receipt by the customer is not readily available. In these cases, we estimate the date of receipt by the customer based upon historical delivery times by geographic location. On the basis of our tests of actual transactions, we have no indication that these estimates have been materially inaccurate historically.

As part of our revenue recognition policy, we record estimated sales returns and miscellaneous claims from customers as reductions to revenues at the time revenues are recorded. We base our estimates on historical rates of product returns and claims, and specific identification of outstanding claims and outstanding returns not yet received from customers. Actual returns and claims in any future period are inherently uncertain and thus may differ from our estimates. If actual or expected future returns and claims were significantly greater or lower than the reserves we had established, we would record a reduction or increase to net revenues in the period in which we made such determination.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable

We make ongoing estimates relating to the ability to collect our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. In determining the amount of the allowance, we consider our historical level of credit losses and make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. Since we cannot predict future changes in the financial stability of our customers, actual future losses from uncollectible accounts may differ from our estimates. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, a larger allowance might be required. In the event we determine that a smaller or larger allowance is appropriate, we would record a credit or a charge to selling and administrative expense in the period in which such a determination is made.

Inventory Reserves

We also make ongoing estimates relating to the net realizable value of inventories, based upon our assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If we estimate that the net realizable value of our inventory is less than the cost of the inventory recorded on our books, we record a reserve equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated net realizable value. This reserve is recorded as a charge to

 

44


Table of Contents

cost of sales. If changes in market conditions result in reductions in the estimated net realizable value of our inventory below our previous estimate, we would increase our reserve in the period in which we made such a determination and record a charge to cost of sales.

Contingent Payments under Endorsement Contracts

A significant portion of our demand creation expense relates to payments under endorsement contracts. In general, endorsement payments are expensed uniformly over the term of the contract. However, certain contract elements may be accounted for differently, based upon the facts and circumstances of each individual contract.

Some of the contracts provide for contingent payments to endorsers based upon specific achievements in their sports (e.g., winning a championship). We record selling and administrative expense for these amounts when the endorser achieves the specific goal.

Some of the contracts provide for payments based upon endorsers maintaining a level of performance in their sport over an extended period of time (e.g., maintaining a top ranking in a sport for a year). These amounts are reported in selling and administrative expense when we determine that it is probable that the specified level of performance will be maintained throughout the period. In these instances, to the extent that actual payments to the endorser differ from our estimate due to changes in the endorser’s athletic performance, increased or decreased selling and administrative expense may be reported in a future period.

Some of the contracts provide for royalty payments to endorsers based upon a predetermined percentage of sales of particular products. We expense these payments in cost of sales as the related sales occur. In certain contracts, we offer minimum guaranteed royalty payments. For contractual obligations for which we estimate that we will not meet the minimum guaranteed amount of royalty fees through sales of product, we record the amount of the guaranteed payment in excess of that earned through sales of product in selling and administrative expense uniformly over the remaining guarantee period.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Definite-Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment, including buildings, equipment, and computer hardware and software are recorded at cost (including, in some cases, the cost of internal labor) and are depreciated over the estimated useful life. Changes in circumstances (such as technological advances or changes to our business operations) can result in differences between the actual and estimated useful lives. In those cases where we determine that the useful life of a long-lived asset should be shortened, we increase depreciation expense over the remaining useful life to depreciate the asset’s net book value to its salvage value.

We review the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups to be used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. If such facts indicate a potential impairment, we would assess the recoverability of an asset group by determining if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining economic life of the primary asset in the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates that the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, we will estimate the fair value of the asset group using appropriate valuation methodologies which would typically include an estimate of discounted cash flows. Any impairment would be measured as the difference between the asset groups carrying amount and its estimated fair value.

 

45


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”), we perform annual impairment tests on goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or when events occur or circumstances change that would, more likely than not, reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or an intangible asset with an indefinite life below its carrying value. Events or changes in circumstances that may trigger interim impairment reviews include significant changes in business climate, operating results, planned investments in the reporting unit, or an expectation that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, among other factors. The impairment test requires us to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and we proceed to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, we measure and record an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise.

We generally base our measurement of the fair value of a reporting unit on a blended analysis of the present value of future discounted cash flows and the market valuation approach. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that we expect the reporting unit to generate in the future. Our significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: our weighted average cost of capital; long-term rate of growth and profitability of the reporting unit’s business; and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the reporting unit to comparable publicly traded firms in similar lines of business. Significant estimates in the market valuation approach model include identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

We believe the weighted use of discounted cash flows and the market valuation approach is the best method for determining the fair value of our reporting units because these are the most common valuation methodologies used within our industry; and the blended use of both models compensates for the inherent risks associated with either model if used on a stand-alone basis.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of acquired trade names and trademarks. In measuring the fair value for these intangible assets, we utilize the relief-from-royalty method. This method assumes that trade names and trademarks have value to the extent that their owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from them. This method requires us to estimate the future revenue for the related brands, the appropriate royalty rate and the weighted average cost of capital.

Hedge Accounting for Derivatives

We use forward exchange contracts and option contracts to hedge certain anticipated foreign currency exchange transactions, as well as any resulting receivable or payable balance. When specific criteria required by SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative and Hedging Activities,” as amended and interpreted (“FAS 133”), have been met, changes in fair values of hedge contracts relating to anticipated transactions are recorded in other comprehensive income rather than net income until the underlying hedged transaction affects net income. In most cases, this results in gains and losses on hedge derivatives being released from other comprehensive income into net income some time after the maturity of the derivative. One of the criteria for this accounting treatment is that the forward exchange contract amount should not be in excess of specifically identified anticipated transactions. By their very nature, our estimates of anticipated transactions may fluctuate over time and may ultimately vary from actual transactions. When anticipated transaction estimates or actual transaction amounts decrease below hedged levels, or when the timing of transactions changes beyond the threshold allowed by FAS 133, we are required to reclassify at least a portion of the cumulative changes in fair values of the related hedge contracts from other comprehensive income to other (income) expense, net during the quarter in which such changes

 

46


Table of Contents

occur. Once an anticipated transaction estimate or actual transaction amount decreases below hedged levels, we make adjustments to the related hedge contract in order to reduce the amount of the hedge contract to that of the revised anticipated transaction.

We use forward contracts to hedge our investment in the net assets of certain international subsidiaries to offset foreign currency translation and economic exposures related to our net investment in those subsidiaries. When appropriately designated as a hedge in accordance with FAS 133, the change in fair value of the forward contracts hedging our net investments is reported in the cumulative translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity to offset the foreign currency translation adjustments on those investments.

As the value of our underlying net investments in wholly-owned international subsidiaries is known at the time a hedge is placed, the designated hedge is matched to the portion of our net investment at risk. Accordingly, the variability involved in net investment hedges is substantially less than that of other types of hedge transactions and we do not expect any material ineffectiveness. In accordance with FAS 133, we consider, on a quarterly basis, the need to redesignate existing hedge relationships based on changes in the underlying net investment. Should the level of our net investment decrease below hedged levels, any resulting ineffectiveness would be reported directly to earnings in the period incurred.

Stock-based Compensation

As of the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we account for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”). Under the provisions of FAS 123R, the fair value of stock-based compensation is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including volatility. Expected volatility is estimated based on implied volatility in market traded options on our common stock with a term greater than one year, along with other factors. Our decision to use implied volatility was based on the availability of actively traded options on our common stock and our assessment that implied volatility is more representative of future stock price trends than historical volatility. If factors change and we use different assumptions for estimating stock-based compensation expense in future periods, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that recorded in the current period.

Taxes

We record valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets, when necessary, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FAS 109”). Realization of deferred tax assets (such as net operating loss carry-forwards) is dependent on future taxable earnings and is therefore uncertain. At least quarterly, we assess the likelihood that our deferred tax asset balance will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset, which increases our income tax expense in the period when such determination is made.

In addition, we have not recorded U.S. income tax expense for foreign earnings that we have determined to be indefinitely reinvested offshore, thus reducing our overall income tax expense. The amount of earnings designated as indefinitely reinvested offshore is based upon the actual deployment of such earnings in our offshore assets and our expectations of the future cash needs of our U.S. and foreign entities. Income tax considerations are also a factor in determining the amount of foreign earnings to be indefinitely reinvested offshore.

We carefully review all factors that drive the ultimate disposition of foreign earnings determined to be reinvested offshore, and apply stringent standards to overcoming the presumption of repatriation. Despite this approach, because the determination involves our future plans and expectations of future events, the possibility exists that amounts declared as indefinitely reinvested offshore may ultimately be repatriated. For instance, the

 

47


Table of Contents

actual cash needs of our U.S. entities may exceed our current expectations, or the actual cash needs of our foreign entities may be less than our current expectations. This would result in additional income tax expense in the year we determined that amounts were no longer indefinitely reinvested offshore. Conversely, our approach may also result in a determination that accumulated foreign earnings (for which U.S. income taxes have been provided) will be indefinitely reinvested offshore. In this case, our income tax expense would be reduced in the year of such determination.

On an interim basis, we estimate what our effective tax rate will be for the full fiscal year. The estimated annual effective tax rate is then applied to the year-to-date pre-tax income excluding infrequently occurring or unusual items, to determine the year-to-date tax expense. The income tax effects of infrequent or unusual items are recognized in the interim period in which they occur. As the fiscal year progresses, we continually refine our estimate based upon actual events and earnings by jurisdiction during the year. This continual estimation process periodically results in a change to our expected effective tax rate for the fiscal year. When this occurs, we adjust the income tax provision during the quarter in which the change in estimate occurs so that the year-to-date provision equals the expected annual rate.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). On a quarterly basis, we reevaluate the probability that a tax position will be effectively sustained and the appropriateness of the amount recognized for uncertain tax positions based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, settled audit issues and new audit activity. Changes in our assessment may result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period our assessment changes. We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Other Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships, product liability claims, trademark rights, and a variety of other matters. We record contingent liabilities resulting from claims against us, including related legal costs, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Assessing probability of loss and estimating probable losses requires analysis of multiple factors, including in some cases judgments about the potential actions of third party claimants and courts. Recorded contingent liabilities are based on the best information available and actual losses in any future period are inherently uncertain. If future adjustments to estimated probable future losses or actual losses exceed our recorded liability for such claims, we would record additional charges as other (income) expense, net during the period in which the actual loss or change in estimate occurred. In addition to contingent liabilities recorded for probable losses, we disclose contingent liabilities when there is a reasonable possibility that the ultimate loss will materially exceed the recorded liability. Currently, we do not believe that any of our pending legal proceedings or claims will have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

In the normal course of business and consistent with established policies and procedures, we employ a variety of financial instruments to manage exposure to fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates. It is our policy to utilize these financial instruments only where necessary to finance our business and manage such exposures; we do not enter into these transactions for speculative purposes.

We are exposed to foreign currency fluctuation as a result of our international sales, product sourcing and funding activities. Our foreign exchange risk management program is intended to minimize both the positive or negative effects of currency fluctuations on our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows. This also has the effect of delaying the impact of current market rates on our consolidated financial statements dependent upon hedge horizons. We use forward exchange contracts and options to hedge certain

 

48


Table of Contents

anticipated but not yet firmly committed transactions as well as certain firm commitments and the related receivables and payables, including third party and intercompany transactions. We also use forward contracts to hedge our investment in the net assets of certain international subsidiaries to offset foreign currency translation and economic exposures related to our net investment in those subsidiaries.

When we begin hedging exposures, the type and duration of each hedge depends on the nature of the exposure and market conditions. Generally, all anticipated and firmly committed transactions that are hedged are to be recognized within twelve to eighteen months, although at May 31, 2009 we had forward contracts hedging anticipated transactions that will be recognized in as many as 23 months. The majority of the contracts expiring in more than twelve months relate to the anticipated purchase of inventory by one of our European subsidiaries. When intercompany loans are hedged, it is typically for their expected duration. Hedged transactions are principally denominated in Euro, Japanese yen and British pound. See Section “Foreign Currency Exposures and Hedging Practices” under Item 7 for additional detail.

Our earnings are also exposed to movements in short and long-term market interest rates. Our objective in managing this interest rate exposure is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to reduce overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, we maintain a mix of commercial paper, bank loans and fixed rate debt of varying maturities and have entered into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps.

Market Risk Measurement

We monitor foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk and related derivatives using a variety of techniques including a review of market value, sensitivity analysis, and Value-at-Risk (“VaR”). Our market-sensitive derivative and other financial instruments are foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currency option contracts, interest rate swaps, intercompany loans denominated in non-functional currencies, fixed interest rate U.S. dollar denominated debt, and fixed interest rate Japanese yen denominated debt.

We use VaR to monitor the foreign exchange risk of our foreign currency forward and foreign currency option derivative instruments only. The VaR determines the maximum potential one-day loss in the fair value of these foreign exchange rate-sensitive financial instruments. The VaR model estimates assume normal market conditions and a 95% confidence level. There are various modeling techniques that can be used in the VaR computation. Our computations are based on interrelationships between currencies and interest rates (a “variance/co-variance” technique). These interrelationships are a function of foreign exchange currency market changes and interest rate changes over the preceding one year period. The value of foreign currency options does not change on a one-to-one basis with changes in the underlying currency rate. We adjusted the potential loss in option value for the estimated sensitivity (the “delta” and “gamma”) to changes in the underlying currency rate. This calculation reflects the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations on the derivative instruments only, and does not include the impact of such rate fluctuations on non-functional currency transactions (such as anticipated transactions, firm commitments, cash balances, and accounts and loans receivable and payable), including those which are hedged by these instruments.

The VaR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that we will incur, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market rates. It also does not represent the full extent of the possible loss that may occur. Actual future gains and losses will differ from those estimated because of changes or differences in market rates and interrelationships, hedging instruments and hedge percentages, timing and other factors.

The estimated maximum one-day loss in fair value on our foreign currency sensitive derivative financial instruments, derived using the VaR model, was $67.8 million and $34.9 million at May 31, 2009 and May 31, 2008, respectively. The VaR increased, despite a reduction in the total notional value of our foreign currency derivative instruments, as a result of increased foreign currency volatilities at May 31, 2009 as compared to

 

49


Table of Contents

May 31, 2008. Such a hypothetical loss in fair value of our derivatives would be offset by increases in the value of the underlying transactions being hedged. The average monthly change in the fair values of foreign currency forward and foreign currency option derivative instruments was $207.4 million and $32.3 million during fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

The instruments not included in the VaR are intercompany loans denominated in non-functional currencies, fixed interest rate Japanese yen denominated debt, fixed interest rate U.S. dollar denominated debt and interest rate swaps. Intercompany loans and related interest amounts are eliminated in consolidation. Furthermore, our non-functional currency intercompany loans are substantially hedged against foreign exchange risk through the use of forward contracts, which are included in the VaR calculation above. We, therefore, consider the interest rate and foreign currency market risks associated with our non-functional currency intercompany loans to be immaterial to our consolidated financial position, results from operations and cash flows.

Details of third party debt and interest rate swaps are provided in the table below. The table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. Weighted average interest rates for the fixed rate swapped to floating rate debt reflect the effective interest rates as of May 31, 2009.

 

    Expected Maturity Date
    Year Ended May 31,
    2010     2011     2012     2013     2014     Thereafter     Total     Fair Value
    (In millions, except interest rates)

Foreign Exchange Risk

               

Japanese Yen Functional Currency

               

Long Term Japanese yen debt — Fixed rate

               

Principal payments

  $ 6.9      $ 6.9      $ 167.1      $ 6.9      $ 6.9      $ 44.7      $ 239.4      $ 235.9

Average interest rate

    2.4     2.4     3.4     2.4     2.4     2.4     2.5  

Interest Rate Risk

               

Japanese Yen Functional Currency

               

Long-term Japanese yen debt — Fixed rate

               

Principal payments

  $ 6.9      $ 6.9      $ 167.1      $ 6.9      $ 6.9      $ 44.7      $ 239.4      $ 235.9

Average interest rate

    2.4     2.4     3.4     2.4     2.4     2.4     2.5  

U.S. Dollar Functional Currency

               

Long-term U.S. dollar debt — Fixed rate swapped to Floating rate

               

Principal payments

  $ 25.0      $      $      $ 40.0      $      $ 100.0      $ 165.0      $ 169.0

Average interest rate

    3.1                   3.1            1.6     2.2  

Long-term U.S. dollar debt — Fixed rate

               

Principal payments

  $      $      $      $      $      $ 50.0      $ 50.0      $ 51.5

Average interest rate

                                       4.7     4.7  

The fixed interest rate Japanese yen denominated debts were issued by and are accounted for by one of our Japanese subsidiaries. Accordingly, the monthly re-measurement of these instruments due to changes in foreign exchange rates is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income upon the consolidation of this subsidiary.

In fiscal 2003, we entered into a receive-floating, pay-fixed interest rate swap related to a Japanese yen denominated intercompany loan with one of our Japanese subsidiaries. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge instrument under FAS 133. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap were recorded to consolidated net income each period. The change in fair value of the swap was not material for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Both the intercompany loan and the related interest rate swap matured during fiscal 2009.

 

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplemental Data

Management of NIKE, Inc. is responsible for the information and representations contained in this report. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles we considered appropriate in the circumstances and include some amounts based on our best estimates and judgments. Other financial information in this report is consistent with these financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our accounting systems include controls designed to reasonably assure assets are safeguarded from unauthorized use or disposition and provide for the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These systems are supplemented by the selection and training of qualified financial personnel and an organizational structure providing for appropriate segregation of duties.

An Internal Audit department reviews the results of its work with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, presently consisting of three outside directors. The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm and reviews with the independent registered public accounting firm, management and the internal audit staff, the scope and the results of the annual examination, the effectiveness of the accounting control system and other matters relating to the financial affairs of NIKE as they deem appropriate. The independent registered public accounting firm and the internal auditors have full access to the Committee, with and without the presence of management, to discuss any appropriate matters.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets of the company that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

While “reasonable assurance” is a high level of assurance, it does not mean absolute assurance. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect every misstatement and instance of fraud. Controls are susceptible to manipulation, especially in instances of fraud caused by the collusion of two or more people, including our senior management. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of May 31, 2009.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited (1) the consolidated financial statements and (2) the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2009, as stated in their report herein.

 

Mark G. Parker

   Donald W. Blair

Chief Executive Officer and President

   Chief Financial Officer

 

51


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Shareholders of NIKE, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NIKE, Inc. and its subsidiaries at May 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the appendix appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of May 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 8. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

Portland, Oregon

July 27, 2009

 

52


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year Ended May 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  
     (In millions, except per share data)  

Revenues

   $ 19,176.1      $ 18,627.0      $ 16,325.9   

Cost of sales

     10,571.7        10,239.6        9,165.4   
                        

Gross margin

     8,604.4        8,387.4        7,160.5   

Selling and administrative expense

     6,149.6        5,953.7        5,028.7   

Restructuring charges (Note 16)

     195.0                 

Goodwill impairment (Note 4)

     199.3                 

Intangible and other asset impairment (Note 4)

     202.0                 

Interest income, net (Notes 1, 7 and 8)

     (9.5     (77.1     (67.2

Other (income) expense, net (Notes 17 and 18)

     (88.5     7.9        (0.9
                        

Income before income taxes

     1,956.5        2,502.9        2,199.9   

Income taxes (Note 9)

     469.8        619.5        708.4   
                        

Net income

     1,486.7        1,883.4        1,491.5   
                        

Basic earnings per common share (Note 12)

   $ 3.07      $ 3.80      $ 2.96   
                        

Diluted earnings per common share (Note 12)

   $ 3.03      $ 3.74      $ 2.93   
                        

Dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.98      $ 0.875      $ 0.71   
                        

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of this statement.

 

53


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     May 31,
     2009    2008
     (In millions)
ASSETS      

Current assets:

     

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,291.1    $ 2,133.9

Short-term investments

     1,164.0      642.2

Accounts receivable, net (Note 1)

     2,883.9      2,795.3

Inventories (Notes 1 and 2)

     2,357.0      2,438.4

Deferred income taxes (Note 9)

     272.4      227.2

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     765.6      602.3
             

Total current assets

     9,734.0      8,839.3
             

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 3)

     1,957.7      1,891.1

Identifiable intangible assets, net (Note 4)

     467.4      743.1

Goodwill (Note 4)

     193.5      448.8

Deferred income taxes and other assets (Notes 9 and 18)

     897.0      520.4
             

Total assets

   $ 13,249.6    $ 12,442.7
             
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Current liabilities:

     

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)

   $ 32.0    $ 6.3

Notes payable (Note 7)

     342.9      177.7

Accounts payable (Note 7)

     1,031.9      1,287.6

Accrued liabilities (Notes 5 and 18)

     1,783.9      1,761.9

Income taxes payable (Note 9)

     86.3      88.0
             

Total current liabilities

     3,277.0      3,321.5
             

Long-term debt (Note 8)

     437.2      441.1

Deferred income taxes and other liabilities (Note 9)

     842.0      854.5

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 15 and 18)

         

Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note 10)

     0.3      0.3

Shareholders’ equity:

     

Common stock at stated value (Note 11):

     

Class A convertible — 95.3 and 96.8 shares outstanding

     0.1      0.1

Class B — 390.2 and 394.3 shares outstanding

     2.7      2.7

Capital in excess of stated value

     2,871.4      2,497.8

Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 14)

     367.5      251.4

Retained earnings

     5,451.4      5,073.3
             

Total shareholders’ equity

     8,693.1      7,825.3
             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 13,249.6    $ 12,442.7
             

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of this statement.

 

54


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     Year Ended May 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  
     (In millions)  

Cash provided by operations:

      

Net income

   $ 1,486.7      $ 1,883.4      $ 1,491.5   

Income charges (credits) not affecting cash:

      

Depreciation

     335.0        303.6        269.7   

Deferred income taxes

     (294.1     (300.6     34.1   

Stock-based compensation (Note 11)

     170.6        141.0        147.7   

Impairment of goodwill, intangibles and other assets (Note 4)

     401.3                 

Gain on divestitures (Note 17)

            (60.6       

Amortization and other

     48.3        17.9        0.5   

Changes in certain working capital components and other assets and liabilities excluding the impact of acquisition and divestitures:

      

Increase in accounts receivable

     (238.0     (118.3     (39.6

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     32.2        (249.8     (49.5

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     14.1        (11.2     (60.8

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and income taxes payable

     (220.0     330.9        85.1   
                        

Cash provided by operations

     1,736.1        1,936.3        1,878.7   
                        

Cash (used) provided by investing activities:

      

Purchases of short-term investments

     (2,908.7     (1,865.6     (2,133.8

Maturities of short-term investments

     2,390.0        2,246.0        2,516.2   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (455.7     (449.2     (313.5

Disposals of property, plant and equipment

     32.0        1.9        28.3   

Increase in other assets, net of other liabilities

     (47.0     (21.8     (4.3

Settlement of net investment hedges

     191.3        (76.0       

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired (Note 4)

            (571.1       

Proceeds from divestitures (Note 17)

            246.0          
                        

Cash (used) provided by investing activities

     (798.1     (489.8     92.9   
                        

Cash used by financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

                   41.8   

Reductions in long-term debt, including current portion

     (6.8     (35.2     (255.7

Increase in notes payable

     177.1        63.7        52.6   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other stock issuances

     186.6        343.3        322.9   

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     25.1        63.0        55.8   

Repurchase of common stock

     (649.2     (1,248.0     (985.2

Dividends — common and preferred

     (466.7     (412.9     (343.7
                        

Cash used by financing activities

     (733.9     (1,226.1     (1,111.5
                        

Effect of exchange rate changes

     (46.9     56.8        42.4   
                        

Net increase in cash and equivalents

     157.2        277.2        902.5   

Cash and equivalents, beginning of year

     2,133.9        1,856.7        954.2   
                        

Cash and equivalents, end of year

   $ 2,291.1      $ 2,133.9      $ 1,856.7   
                        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest, net of capitalized interest

   $ 46.7      $ 44.1      $ 60.0   

Income taxes

     765.2        717.5        601.1   

Dividends declared and not paid

     121.4        112.9        92.9   

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of this statement.

 

55


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

    Common Stock   Capital in
Excess of
Stated
Value
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  
    Class A   Class B        
    Shares     Amount   Shares     Amount        
    (In millions, except per share data)  

Balance at May 31, 2006

  127.8      $ 0.1   384.2      $ 2.7   $ 1,447.3      $ 121.7      $ 4,713.4      $ 6,285.2   

Stock options exercised

      10.7          349.7            349.7   

Conversion to Class B Common Stock

  (10.2     10.2                  

Repurchase of Class B Common Stock

      (22.1       (13.2       (962.0     (975.2

Dividends on Common stock ($0.71 per share)

                (357.2     (357.2

Issuance of shares to employees

      1.2          30.1            30.1   

Stock-based compensation (Note 11):

            147.7            147.7   

Forfeiture of shares from employees

      (0.1       (1.6       (0.5     (2.1

Comprehensive income (Note 14):

               

Net income

                1,491.5        1,491.5   

Other comprehensive income:

                    

Foreign currency translation and other (net of tax expense of $5.4)

              84.6          84.6   

Net loss on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $9.5)

              (38.1       (38.1

Reclassification to net income of previously deferred losses related to hedge derivatives (net of tax benefit of $3.6)

              21.4          21.4   
                                                       

Comprehensive income

              67.9        1,491.5        1,559.4   

Adoption of FAS 158 (net of tax benefit of $5.4) (Note 13):

              (12.2       (12.2
                                                       

Balance at May 31, 2007

  117.6      $ 0.1   384.1      $ 2.7   $ 1,960.0      $ 177.4      $ 4,885.2      $ 7,025.4   
                                                       

Stock options exercised

      9.1          372.2            372.2   

Conversion to Class B Common Stock

  (20.8     20.8                  

Repurchase of Class B Common Stock

      (20.6       (12.3       (1,235.7     (1,248.0

Dividends on Common stock ($0.875 per share)

                (432.8     (432.8

Issuance of shares to employees

      1.0          39.2            39.2   

Stock-based compensation (Note 11):

            141.0            141.0   

Forfeiture of shares from employees

      (0.1       (2.3       (1.1     (3.4

Comprehensive income (Note 14):

               

Net income

                1,883.4        1,883.4   

Other comprehensive income:

               

Foreign currency translation and other (net of tax expense of $101.6)

              211.9          211.9   

Realized foreign currency translation gain due to divestiture
(Note 17):

              (46.3       (46.3

Net loss on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $67.7)

              (175.8       (175.8

Net loss on net investment hedges (net of tax benefit of $25.1)

              (43.5       (43.5

Reclassification to net income of previously deferred losses related to hedge derivatives (net of tax benefit of $49.6)

              127.7          127.7   
                                                       

Comprehensive income

              74.0        1,883.4        1,957.4   

Adoption of FIN 48 (Note 9)

                (15.6     (15.6

Adoption of EITF 06-2 Sabbaticals (net of tax benefit of $6.2)

                (10.1     (10.1
                                                       

Balance at May 31, 2008

  96.8      $ 0.1   394.3      $ 2.7   $ 2,497.8      $ 251.4      $ 5,073.3      $ 7,825.3   
                                                       

Stock options exercised

      4.0          167.2            167.2   

Conversion to Class B Common Stock

  (1.5     1.5                  

Repurchase of Class B Common Stock

      (10.6       (6.3       (632.7     (639.0

Dividends on Common stock ($0.98 per share)

                (475.2     (475.2

Issuance of shares to employees

      1.1          45.4            45.4   

Stock-based compensation (Note 11):

            170.6            170.6   

Forfeiture of shares from employees

      (0.1       (3.3       (0.7     (4.0

Comprehensive income (Note 14):

               

Net income

                1,486.7        1,486.7   

Other comprehensive income:

               

Foreign currency translation and other (net of tax benefit of $177.5)

              (335.3       (335.3

Net gain on cash flow hedges (net of tax expense of $167.5)

              453.6          453.6   

Net gain on net investment hedges (net of tax expense of $55.4)

              106.0          106.0   

Reclassification to net income of previously deferred net gains related to hedge derivatives (net of tax expense of $39.6)

              (108.2       (108.2
                                                       

Comprehensive income

              116.1        1,486.7        1,602.8   
                                                       

Balance at May 31, 2009

  95.3      $ 0.1   390.2      $ 2.7   $ 2,871.4      $ 367.5      $ 5,451.4      $ 8,693.1   
                                                       

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part of this statement.

 

56


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

NIKE, Inc. is a worldwide leader in the design, marketing and distribution of athletic and sports-inspired footwear, apparel, equipment and accessories. Wholly-owned Nike subsidiaries include Cole Haan, which designs, markets and distributes dress and casual shoes, handbags, accessories and coats; Converse Inc., which designs, markets and distributes athletic and causal footwear, apparel and accessories; Hurley International LLC, which designs, markets and distributes action sports and youth lifestyle footwear, apparel and accessories; and Umbro Ltd., which designs, distributes and licenses athletic and casual footwear, apparel and equipment, primarily for the sport of soccer.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NIKE, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Recognition of Revenues

Wholesale revenues are recognized when the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer, based on the terms of sale. This occurs upon shipment or upon receipt by the customer depending on the country of the sale and the agreement with the customer. Retail store revenues are recorded at the time of sale. Provisions for sales discounts, returns and miscellaneous claims from customers are made at the time of sale.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of sales.

Advertising and Promotion

Advertising production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is run. Media (TV and print) placement costs are expensed in the month the advertising appears.

A significant amount of the Company’s promotional expenses result from payments under endorsement contracts. Accounting for endorsement payments is based upon specific contract provisions. Generally, endorsement payments are expensed on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract after giving recognition to periodic performance compliance provisions of the contracts. Prepayments made under contracts are included in prepaid expenses or other assets depending on the period to which the prepayment applies.

Through cooperative advertising programs, the Company reimburses retail customers for certain costs of advertising the Company’s products. The Company records these costs in selling and administrative expense at the point in time when it is obligated to its customers for the costs, which is when the related revenues are recognized. This obligation may arise prior to the related advertisement being run.

Total advertising and promotion expenses were $2,351.3 million, $2,308.3 million, and $1,912.4 million for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Prepaid advertising and promotion expenses recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets totaled $280.0 million and $266.7 million at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

57


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Cash and Equivalents

Cash and equivalents represent cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at date of purchase. The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheet for cash and equivalents approximate fair value.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments consist of highly liquid investments, primarily commercial paper, U.S. Treasury, U.S. agency, and corporate debt securities, with maturities over three months from the date of purchase. Debt securities which the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. At May 31, 2009, the Company did not hold any short-term investments that were classified as held-to-maturity. Short-term investments of $124.9 million as of May 31, 2008 were classified as held-to-maturity and were primarily comprised of U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency securities.

Available-for-sale debt securities are recorded at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, in other comprehensive income, unless unrealized losses are determined to be other than temporary. The Company considers all available-for-sale securities, including those with maturity dates beyond 12 months, as available to support current operational liquidity needs and therefore classifies these securities as short-term investments within current assets on the consolidated balance sheet. As of May 31, 2009, the Company held $1,005.0 million of available-for-sale securities with maturity dates within one year and $159.0 million with maturity dates over one year and less than five years.

Investments classified as available-for-sale consist of the following at fair value:

 

     As of May 31,
     2009    2008
     (In millions)

Available-for-sale investments:

     

U.S. treasury and agencies

   $ 772.8    $ 194.1

Corporate commercial paper and bonds

     391.2      323.2
             

Total available-for-sale investments

   $ 1,164.0    $ 517.3
             

Included in interest income, net for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, was interest income of $49.7 million, $115.8 million and $116.9 million, respectively, related to short-term investments and cash and equivalents.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists principally of amounts receivable from customers. We make ongoing estimates relating to the collectibility of our accounts receivable and maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. In determining the amount of the allowance, we consider our historical level of credit losses and make judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations. Accounts receivable with anticipated collection dates greater than twelve months from the balance sheet date and related allowances are considered non-current and recorded in other assets. The allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable was $110.8 million and $78.4 million at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, of which $36.9 million and $36.7 million was recorded in other assets.

 

58


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Inventory Valuation

Inventories related to our wholesale operations are stated at lower of cost or market and valued on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or moving average cost basis. Inventories related to our retail operations are stated at the lower of average cost or market using the retail inventory method. Under the retail inventory method, the valuation of inventories at cost is calculated by applying a cost-to-retail ratio to the retail value inventories. Permanent and point of sale markdowns, when recorded, reduce both the retail and cost components of inventory on hand so as to maintain the already established cost-to-retail relationship.

Property, Plant and Equipment and Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation for financial reporting purposes is determined on a straight-line basis for buildings and leasehold improvements over 2 to 40 years and for machinery and equipment over 2 to 15 years. Computer software (including, in some cases, the cost of internal labor) is depreciated on a straight-line basis over 3 to 10 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups to be used in operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Factors that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect the value of the asset, or a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, among others. If such facts indicate a potential impairment, the Company would assess the recoverability of an asset group by determining if the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the sum of the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the assets over the remaining economic life of the primary asset in the asset group. If the recoverability test indicates that the carrying value of the asset group is not recoverable, the Company will estimate the fair value of the asset group using appropriate valuation methodologies which would typically include an estimate of discounted cash flows. Any impairment would be measured as the difference between the asset groups carrying amount and its estimated fair value.

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill

In accordance with SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”), the Company performs annual impairment tests on goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or when events occur or circumstances change that would, more likely than not, reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or an intangible asset with an indefinite life below its carrying value. Events or changes in circumstances that may trigger interim impairment reviews include significant changes in business climate, operating results, planned investments in the reporting unit, or an expectation that the carrying amount may not be recoverable, among other factors. The impairment test requires the Company to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of that reporting unit is potentially impaired and the Company proceeds to step two of the impairment analysis. In step two of the analysis, the Company measures and records an impairment loss equal to the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over its implied fair value should such a circumstance arise.

The Company generally bases its measurement of fair value of a reporting unit on a blended analysis of the present value of future discounted cash flows and the market valuation approach. The discounted cash flows model indicates the fair value of the reporting unit based on the present value of the cash flows that the Company expects the reporting unit to generate in the future. The Company’s significant estimates in the discounted cash flows model include: its weighted average cost of capital; long-term rate of growth and profitability of the

 

59


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

reporting unit’s business; and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of the business based on a comparison of the reporting unit to comparable publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. Significant estimates in the market valuation approach model include identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

The Company believes the weighted use of discounted cash flows and the market valuation approach is the best method for determining the fair value of its reporting units because these are the most common valuation methodologies used within its industry; and the blended use of both models compensates for the inherent risks associated with either model if used on a stand-alone basis.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of acquired trade names and trademarks. In measuring the fair value for these intangible assets, the Company utilizes the relief-from-royalty method. This method assumes that trade names and trademarks have value to the extent that their owner is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from them. This method requires the Company to estimate the future revenue for the related brands, the appropriate royalty rate and the weighted average cost of capital.

Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions

Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

The Company’s global subsidiaries have various assets and liabilities, primarily receivables and payables, that are denominated in currencies other than their functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to remeasurement under SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation,” (“FAS 52”), the impact of which is recorded in other (income) expense, net, within our consolidated statements of income.

Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to limit exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company accounts for derivatives pursuant to SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended and interpreted (“FAS 133”). FAS 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and requires all derivatives be recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized in other comprehensive income (a component of shareholders’ equity), debt or net income depending on the underlying exposure being hedged and the extent to which the derivative is effective.

See Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives for more information on the Company’s risk management program and derivatives.

Stock-Based Compensation

On June 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R “Share-Based Payment” (“FAS 123R”), which requires the Company to record expense for stock-based compensation to employees using a fair value method. Under FAS 123R, the Company estimates the fair value of options granted under the NIKE, Inc. 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1990 Plan”) and employees’ purchase rights under the Employee Stock Purchase Plans (“ESPPs”) using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company recognizes this fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, as selling and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of income over the vesting period using the straight-line method.

 

60


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company adopted the modified prospective transition method prescribed by FAS 123R, which does not require the restatement of financial results for previous periods. In accordance with this transition method, the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 includes (i) amortization of outstanding stock-based compensation granted prior to, but not vested, as of June 1, 2006, based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”) and (ii) amortization of all stock-based awards granted subsequent to June 1, 2006, based on the fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R.

To calculate the excess tax benefits available for use in offsetting future tax shortfalls as of the date of implementation, the Company is following the alternative transition method discussed in FASB Staff Position No. 123R-3, “Transition Election Relating to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.”

See Note 11 — Common Stock and Stock-Based Compensation for more information on the Company’s stock programs.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. United States income taxes are provided currently on financial statement earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries that are expected to be repatriated. The Company determines annually the amount of undistributed non-U.S. earnings to invest indefinitely in its non-U.S. operations. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. See Note 9 — Income Taxes for further discussion.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share is calculated by adjusting weighted average outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options and awards. See Note 12 — Earnings Per Share for further discussion.

Management Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates, including estimates relating to assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to fiscal year 2009 presentation, including a reclassification to investing activities for the settlement of net investment hedges in the consolidated statement of cash flows. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported results of operations or shareholders’ equity and do not affect previously reported cash flows from operations, financing activities or net change in cash and equivalents.

 

61


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

On December 1, 2008, the Company adopted Statement of SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No.133” (“FAS 161”), which provides revised guidance for enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and the related hedged items are accounted for under FAS 133, and how derivative instruments and the related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The adoption of FAS 161 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. For additional information, see Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives.

On June 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”) for financial assets and liabilities, which clarifies the meaning of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined under FAS 157 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income when they occur. The effective date of the provisions of FAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities, except for items recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, was deferred by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Staff Position FAS 157-2 (“FSP FAS 157-2”) and are effective for the fiscal year beginning June 1, 2009. The adoption of FAS 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The adoption of FAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. For additional information on the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, see Note 6 — Fair Value Measurements.

Also effective June 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“FAS 159”), which allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. As of May 31, 2009, the Company has not elected the fair value option for any additional financial assets and liabilities beyond those already prescribed by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active” (“FSP FAS 157-3”). FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the application of FAS 157 in a market that is not active and   defines additional key criteria in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active.   FSP FAS 157-3 applies to financial assets within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value   measurements in accordance with FAS 157. FSP FAS 157-3 was effective upon issuance and the application of FSP   FAS 157-3 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (“FAS 165”), which establishes general standards of accounting and disclosure for events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. The provisions of FAS 165 are effective for the quarter ending August 31, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1, “Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1”), which amends SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial

 

62


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Reporting”, to require disclosures about fair value of financial instruments in interim and annual reporting periods. The provisions of FSP FAS 107-1 and APB 28-1 are effective for the quarter ending August 31, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption will have an impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141(R)”) and SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements” (“FAS 160”). These standards aim to improve, simplify, and converge international standards of accounting for business combinations and the reporting of noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. FAS 141(R) is effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after June 1, 2009. Generally, the effects of FAS 141(R) will depend on future acquisitions. FAS 160 is effective for the Company beginning June 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption of FAS 160 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS 142. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FAS 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FAS 141(R), and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The provisions of FSP FAS 142-3 are effective for the fiscal year beginning June 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 2 — Inventories

Inventory balances of $2,357.0 million and $2,438.4 million at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were substantially all finished goods.

Note 3 — Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment includes the following:

 

     As of May 31,
     2009    2008
     (In millions)

Land

   $ 221.6    $ 209.4

Buildings

     974.0      934.6

Machinery and equipment

     2,094.3      2,005.0

Leasehold improvements

     802.0      757.3

Construction in process

     163.8      196.7
             
     4,255.7      4,103.0

Less accumulated depreciation

     2,298.0      2,211.9
             
   $ 1,957.7    $ 1,891.1
             

Capitalized interest was not material for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

63


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment

Acquisition

On March 3, 2008, the Company completed its acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Umbro, a leading United Kingdom-based global soccer brand, for a purchase price of 290.5 million British pounds sterling in cash (approximately $576.4 million), inclusive of direct transaction costs. This acquisition is intended to strengthen the Company’s market position in the United Kingdom and expand NIKE’s global leadership in soccer, a key area of growth for the Company. This acquisition also provides positions in emerging soccer markets such as China, Russia and Brazil. The results of Umbro’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition as part of the Company’s “Other” operating segment.

The acquisition of Umbro was accounted for as a purchase business combination in accordance with SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations.” The purchase price was allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective estimated fair values on the date of acquisition, with the remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill.

Based on our preliminary purchase price allocation at May 31, 2008, identifiable intangible assets and goodwill relating to the purchase approximated $419.5 million and $319.2 million, respectively. Goodwill recognized in this transaction is deductible for tax purposes. Identifiable intangible assets include $378.4 million for trademarks that have an indefinite life, and $41.1 million for other intangible assets consisting of Umbro’s sourcing network, established customer relationships, and the United Soccer League Franchise. These intangible assets will be amortized on a straight line basis over estimated lives of 12 to 20 years.

During the quarter ended February 28, 2009, the Company finalized the purchase-price accounting for Umbro and made revisions to preliminary estimates, including valuations of tangible and intangible assets and certain contingencies, as further evaluations were completed and information was received from third parties subsequent to the acquisition date. These revisions to preliminary estimates resulted in a $12.4 million decrease in the value of identified intangible assets, primarily Umbro’s sourcing network, and an $11.2 million increase in non-current liabilities, primarily related to liabilities assumed for certain contingencies and adjustments made to deferred taxes related to the fair value of assets acquired. These changes in assets acquired and liabilities assumed affect the amount of goodwill recorded.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price, including transaction costs of the acquisition, to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition based on their estimated fair values, including final purchase accounting adjustments (in millions):

 

     May 31, 2008
Preliminary
    Adjustments     May 31, 2009
Final
 

Current assets

   $ 87.2             $ 87.2   

Non-current assets

     90.2               90.2   

Identified intangible assets

     419.5        (12.4     407.1   

Goodwill

     319.2        23.6        342.8   

Current liabilities

     (60.3            (60.3

Non-current liabilities

     (279.4     (11.2     (290.6
                        

Net assets acquired

   $ 576.4      $      $ 576.4   
                        

The pro forma effect of the acquisition on the combined results of operations for fiscal 2008 was not material.

 

64


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Umbro Impairment

In accordance with FAS 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company performs annual impairment tests on goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or when events occur or circumstances change that would, more likely than not, reduce the fair value of a reporting unit or intangible assets with an indefinite life below its carrying value. As a result of a significant decline in global consumer demand and continued weakness in the macroeconomic environment, as well as decisions by Company management to adjust planned investment in the Umbro brand, the Company concluded that sufficient indicators of impairment existed to require the performance of an interim assessment of Umbro’s goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets as of February 1, 2009. Accordingly, the Company performed the first step of the goodwill impairment assessment for Umbro by comparing the estimated fair value of Umbro to its carrying amount, and determined there was a potential impairment of goodwill as the carrying amount exceeded the estimated fair value. Therefore, the Company performed the second step of the assessment which compared the implied fair value of Umbro’s goodwill to the book value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the estimated fair value of Umbro to all of its assets and liabilities, including both recognized and unrecognized intangibles, in the same manner as goodwill was determined in the original business combination.

The Company measured the fair value of Umbro by using an equal weighting of the fair value implied by a discounted cash flow analysis and by comparisons with the market values of similar publicly traded companies. The Company believes the blended use of both models compensates for the inherent risk associated with either model if used on a stand-alone basis, and this combination is indicative of the factors a market participant would consider when performing a similar valuation. The fair value of Umbro’s indefinite-lived trademark was estimated using the relief from royalty method, which assumes that the trademark has value to the extent that Umbro is relieved of the obligation to pay royalties for the benefits received from the trademark. The assessments of the Company resulted in the recognition of impairment charges of $199.3 million and $181.3 million related to Umbro’s goodwill and trademark, respectively, during the third quarter ended February 28, 2009. A deferred tax benefit of $54.5 million was recognized as a result of the trademark impairment charge. In addition to the above impairment analysis, the Company determined an equity investment held by Umbro was impaired, and recognized a charge of $20.7 million related to the impairment of this investment. These charges are included in the Company’s “Other” category for segment reporting purposes.

The discounted cash flow analysis calculated the fair value of Umbro using management’s business plans and projections as the basis for expected cash flows for the next twelve years and a 3% residual growth rate thereafter. The Company used a weighted average discount rate of 14% in its analysis, which was derived primarily from published sources as well as our adjustment for increased market risk given current market conditions. Other significant estimates used in the discounted cash flow analysis include the rates of projected growth and profitability of Umbro’s business and working capital effects. The market valuation approach indicates the fair value of Umbro based on a comparison of Umbro to publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. Significant estimates in the market valuation approach include identifying similar companies with comparable business factors such as size, growth, profitability, mix of revenue generated from licensed and direct distribution and risk of return on investment.

Holding all other assumptions constant at the test date, a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate would reduce the adjusted carrying value of Umbro’s net assets by 12%.

 

65


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Identified Intangible Assets and Goodwill

All goodwill balances are included in the Company’s “Other” category for segment reporting purposes. The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill balance as of May 31, 2009 and 2008 (in millions):

 

Goodwill, May 31, 2007

     $ 130.8   

Acquisition of Umbro Plc

     319.2   

Other (1)

     (1.2
        

Goodwill, May 31, 2008

     448.8   

Purchase price adjustments

     23.6   

Impairment charge

     (199.3

Other (1)

     (79.6
        

Goodwill, May 31, 2009

   $ 193.5   
        

 

( 1 )  

Other consists of foreign currency translation adjustments on Umbro goodwill.

The following table summarizes the Company’s identifiable intangible asset balances as of May 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

    May 31, 2009   May 31, 2008
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
    (In millions)

Amortized intangible assets:

           

Patents

  $ 56.6   $ (17.2   $ 39.4   $ 47.5   $ (14.4   $ 33.1

Trademarks

    37.5     (10.9     26.6     13.2     (7.8     5.4

Other

    40.0     (19.6     20.4     65.2     (19.7     45.5
                                       

Total

  $ 134.1   $ (47.7   $ 86.4   $ 125.9   $ (41.9   $ 84.0
                                       

Unamortized intangible assets — Trademarks

      $ 381.0       $ 659.1
                   

Identifiable intangible assets, net

      $ 467.4       $ 743.1
                   

The effect of foreign exchange fluctuations for the year ended May 31, 2009 reduced unamortized intangible assets by approximately $98.2 million, resulting from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar in relation to the British pound sterling.

Amortization expense, which is included in selling and administrative expense, was $11.9 million, $9.2 million and $9.9 million for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization for each of the years ending May 31, 2010 through May 31, 2014 are as follows: 2010: $12.6 million; 2011: $12.2 million; 2012: $11.5 million; 2013: $9.6 million; 2014: $7.6 million.

During the year ended May 31, 2008, the gross carrying amount of unamortized and amortized trademarks were reduced by $59.6 million and $37.5 million, respectively, as a result of the Company’s divestitures of the Starter brand business and NIKE Bauer Hockey during the year ended May 31, 2008. See Note 17 — Divestitures for more information the Company’s divestitures.

 

66


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 5 — Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities include the following:

 

     May 31,
   2009    2008
   (In millions)

Compensation and benefits, excluding taxes

   $ 491.9    $ 538.0

Endorser compensation

     237.1      203.5

Taxes other than income taxes

     161.9      147.6

Restructuring charges (1)

     149.6     

Dividends payable

     121.4      112.9

Advertising and marketing

     97.6      121.4

Fair value of derivatives

     68.9      173.3

Import and logistics costs

     59.4      78.8

Other (2)

     396.1      386.4
             
   $ 1,783.9    $ 1,761.9
             

 

(1)  

Accrued restructuring charges primarily consist of severance costs relating to the Company’s restructuring activities that took place during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. See Note 16 — Restructuring Charges for more information.

 

(2)  

Other consists of various accrued expenses and no individual item accounted for more than 5% of the balance at May 31, 2009 or 2008.

Note 6 — Fair Value Measurements

Effective June 1, 2008, the Company adopted FAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” for financial assets and liabilities. FAS 157 establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes fair value measurements based on the types of inputs used for the various valuation techniques (market approach, income approach, and cost approach). FAS 157 is applied under existing accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and, accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements.

The levels of hierarchy are described below:

 

   

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; these include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

 

   

Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the most stringent level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of May 31, 2009 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.

 

67


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using     Assets /Liabilities at
Fair Value
 

Balance Sheet Classification

        Level 1       Level 2       Level 3      
    (In millions)    

Assets

         

Derivatives

  $   $ 378.7   $  —   $ 378.7  

Other current assets and other long-term assets

Available-for-sale securities

    240.0     1,314.8         1,554.8  

Cash equivalents

Available-for-sale securities

    467.9     696.1         1,164.0  

Short-term investments

                         

Total assets

  $ 707.9   $ 2,389.6   $   $  3,097.5  
                         

Liabilities

         

Derivatives

  $   $ 68.9   $   $ 68.9  

Accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities

                         

Total Liabilities

  $   $ 68.9   $   $ 68.9  
                         

Derivative financial instruments include foreign currency forwards, option contracts and interest rate swaps. The fair value of these derivatives contracts is determined using observable market inputs such as the forward pricing curve, currency volatilities, currency correlations, and interest rates, and considers nonperformance risk of the Company and that of its counterparties. Adjustments relating to these risks were not material for the year ended May 31, 2009.

Available-for-sale securities are primarily comprised of investments in U.S. Treasury and agency securities, corporate commercial paper and bonds. These securities are valued using market prices on both active markets (level 1) and less active markets (level 2). Level 1 instrument valuations are obtained from real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets. Level 2 instrument valuations are obtained from readily-available pricing sources for comparable instruments.

The Company had no material Level 3 measurements as of May 31, 2009.

In accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments”, the Company annually discloses the fair value of its debt, which is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at adjusted cost. Refer to Note 8 — Long-Term Debt for additional detail.

 

68


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 7 — Short-Term Borrowings and Credit Lines

Notes payable to banks and interest-bearing accounts payable to Sojitz Corporation of America (“Sojitz America”) as of May 31, 2009 and 2008, are summarized below:

 

     May 31,  
   2009     2008  
   Borrowings    Interest
Rate
    Borrowings    Interest
Rate
 
   (In millions)  

Notes payable:

          

Commercial Paper

   $ 100.0    0.40%      $      

U.S. operations

     31.2    1.81% (1)       18.6    0.00% (1)  

Non-U.S. operations

     211.7    4.15% (1)       159.1    6.80% (1)  
                  
   $ 342.9      $ 177.7   
                  

Sojitz America

   $ 78.5    1.57%      $ 65.9    3.51%   
          

 

(1)  

Weighted average interest rate includes non-interest bearing overdrafts.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheet for notes payable approximate fair value.

The Company purchases through Sojitz America certain athletic footwear, apparel and equipment it acquires from non-U.S. suppliers. These purchases are for the Company’s operations outside of the United States, the Europe, Middle East, and Africa Region and Japan. Accounts payable to Sojitz America are generally due up to 60 days after shipment of goods from the foreign port. The interest rate on such accounts payable is the 60-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as of the beginning of the month of the invoice date, plus 0.75%.

As of May 31, 2009, the Company had $100.0 million outstanding under its commercial paper program at a weighted average interest rate of 0.40%. No borrowings were outstanding at May 31, 2008.

In December 2006, the Company entered into a $1 billion revolving credit facility with a group of banks. The facility matures in December 2012. Based on the Company’s current long-term senior unsecured debt ratings of A+ and A1 from Standard and Poor’s Corporation and Moody’s Investor Services, respectively, the interest rate charged on any outstanding borrowings would be the prevailing LIBOR plus 0.15%. The facility fee is 0.05% of the total commitment. Under this agreement, the Company must maintain, among other things, certain minimum specified financial ratios with which the Company was in compliance at May 31, 2009. No amounts were outstanding under this facility as of May 31, 2009 or 2008.

 

69


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 8 — Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt, net of unamortized premiums and discounts and swap fair value adjustments, is comprised of the following:

 

      May 31,
  2009   2008
  (In millions)

5.375% Corporate Bond, payable July 8, 2009

  $ 25.1   $ 25.5

5.66% Corporate Bond, payable July 23, 2012

    27.4     26.1

5.4% Corporate Bond, payable August 7, 2012

    16.2     15.4

4.7% Corporate Bond, payable October 1, 2013

    50.0     50.0

5.15% Corporate Bonds, payable October 15, 2015

    111.1     104.5

4.3% Japanese yen note, payable June 26, 2011

    108.5     99.6

1.5% Japanese yen note, payable February 14, 2012

    51.7     47.4

2.6% Japanese yen note, maturing August 20, 2001 through November 20, 2020

    54.7     54.5

2.0% Japanese yen note, maturing August 20, 2001 through November 20, 2020

    24.5     24.4
           

Total

    469.2     447.4

Less current maturities

    32.0     6.3
           
  $ 437.2   $ 441.1
           

The scheduled maturity of long-term debt in each of the years ending May 31, 2010 through 2014 are $32.0 million, $6.9 million, $167.1 million, $46.9 million and $56.9 million, at face value, respectively.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based upon quoted prices for similar instruments. The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt, including the current portion, was approximately $456.4 million at May 31, 2009 and $450.8 million at May 31, 2008.

In fiscal years 2003 and 2004, the Company issued a total of $240 million in medium-term notes of which $215 million, at face value, were outstanding at May 31, 2009 and 2008. The outstanding notes have coupon rates that range from 4.70% to 5.66% and maturity dates ranging from July 2009 to October 2015. For each of these notes, except the $50 million note maturing in October 2013, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements whereby the Company receives fixed interest payments at the same rate as the notes and pays variable interest payments based on the three-month or six-month LIBOR plus a spread. Each swap has the same notional amount and maturity date as the corresponding note. At May 31, 2009, the interest rates payable on these swap agreements ranged from approximately 1.5% to 3.2%.

In June 1996, one of the Company’s Japanese subsidiaries, NIKE Logistics YK, borrowed ¥10.5 billion (approximately $108.5 million as of May 31, 2009) in a private placement with a maturity of June 26, 2011. Interest is paid semi-annually. The agreement provides for early retirement of the borrowing.

In July 1999, NIKE Logistics YK assumed a total of ¥13.0 billion in loans as part of its agreement to purchase a distribution center in Japan, which serves as collateral for the loans. These loans mature in equal quarterly installments during the period August 20, 2001 through November 20, 2020. Interest is also paid quarterly. As of May 31, 2009, ¥7.7 billion (approximately $79.2 million) in loans remain outstanding.

In February 2007, NIKE Logistics YK entered into a ¥5.0 billion (approximately $51.7 million as of May 31, 2009) term loan that replaced certain intercompany borrowings and matures on February 14, 2012. The interest rate on the loan is approximately 1.5% and interest is paid semi-annually.

 

70


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 9 — Income Taxes

Income before income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended May 31,
   2009    2008    2007
   (In millions)

Income before income taxes:

        

United States

   $ 845.7    $ 713.0    $ 805.1

Foreign

     1,110.8      1,789.9      1,394.8
                    
   $ 1,956.5    $ 2,502.9    $ 2,199.9
                    

The provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     Year Ended May 31,  
   2009     2008     2007  
   (In millions)  

Current:

      

United States

      

Federal

   $ 410.1      $ 469.9      $ 352.6   

State

     46.1        58.4        59.6   

Foreign

     307.7        391.8        261.9   
                        
     763.9        920.1        674.1   
                        

Deferred:

      

United States

      

Federal

     (251.4     (273.0     38.7   

State

     (7.9     (5.0     (4.8

Foreign

     (34.8     (22.6     0.4   
                        
     (294.1     (300.6     34.3   
                        
   $ 469.8      $ 619.5      $ 708.4   
                        

 

71


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are comprised of the following:

 

       May 31,  
   2009     2008  
   (In millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 17.9      $ 13.1   

Inventories

     52.8        49.2   

Sales return reserves

     52.8        49.2   

Deferred compensation

     160.9        158.4   

Stock-based compensation

     93.7        55.2   

Reserves and accrued liabilities

     66.7        57.0   

Property, plant, and equipment

            7.9   

Foreign loss carry-forwards

     31.9        40.1   

Foreign tax credit carry-forwards

     32.7        91.9   

Hedges

     1.1        42.9   

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries

     272.9          

Other

     46.2        40.5   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     829.6        605.4   
                

Valuation allowance

     (26.0     (40.7
                

Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

     803.6        564.7   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries

            (113.2

Property, plant and equipment

     (92.2     (67.4

Intangibles

     (100.7     (214.2

Hedges

     (86.6     (1.3

Other

     (4.2     (0.7
                

Total deferred tax liability

     (283.7     (396.8
                

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 519.9      $ 167.9   
                

At the end of fiscal 2009, the Company reported a net deferred tax asset of $272.9 million associated with its investment in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Prior to fiscal 2009, the Company reported a net deferred tax liability for book to tax differences in its investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The change to a deferred tax asset position at the end of fiscal 2009 is due primarily to the impact of the impairment of Umbro’s goodwill, intangible and other assets as described in Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment.

A reconciliation from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate follows:

 

       Year Ended May 31,  
       2009     2008     2007  

Federal income tax rate

   35.0   35.0   35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   1.2   1.4   1.6

Foreign earnings

   -14.9   -12.9   -4.1

Other, net

   2.7   1.3   -0.3
                  

Effective income tax rate

   24.0   24.8   32.2
                  

 

72


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The effective tax rate for the year ended May 31, 2009 of 24.0% decreased from the fiscal 2008 effective tax rate of 24.8%. The effective tax rate for the year ended May 31, 2009 was favorably impacted by a benefit associated with the impairment of goodwill, intangible, and other assets of Umbro (see Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment), the impact of the resolution of audit items and the retroactive reinstatement of the research and development tax credit. The Tax Extenders and Alternative Minimum Tax Relief Act of 2008, which was signed into law during the second quarter of fiscal 2009, reinstated the U.S. federal research and development tax credit retroactive to January 1, 2008. The effective tax rate for the year ended May 31, 2008 of 24.8% decreased from the fiscal 2007 effective tax rate of 32.2%. Over the few years preceding fiscal 2008, a number of international entities generated losses for which the Company did not recognize offsetting tax benefits because the realization of those benefits was uncertain. The necessary steps to realize these benefits were taken in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, resulting in a one-time reduction of the effective tax rate for the year ended May 31, 2008. Also reflected in the effective tax rate for the years ended May 31, 2009 and May 31, 2008 is a reduction in our on-going effective tax rate resulting from our operations outside of the United States, as our tax rates on those operations are generally lower than the U.S. statutory rate.

The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”) effective June 1, 2007. Upon adoption, the Company recognized an additional long-term liability of $89.4 million for unrecognized tax benefits, $15.6 million of which was recorded as a reduction to the Company’s beginning retained earnings, and the remaining $73.8 million was recorded as a reduction to the Company’s noncurrent deferred tax liability. In addition, the Company reclassified $12.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits from income taxes payable to other long term liabilities in conjunction with the adoption of FIN 48.

At the adoption date of June 1, 2007, the Company had $122.5 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest and penalties, $30.7 million of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. Including related interest and penalties and net of federal benefit of interest and unrecognized state tax benefits, at June 1, 2007, the Company had $135.0 million of total unrecognized tax benefits, $52.0 million of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. As of May 31, 2009, the total gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest and penalties, were $273.9 million, $110.6 million of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. Total gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, as of May 31, 2008 was $251.1 million, $60.6 million of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. The Company does not anticipate total unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly within the next 12 months.

The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits:

 

       May 31,  
       2009     2008  
     (In millions)  

Unrecognized tax benefits, as of the beginning of the period

   $ 251.1      $ 122.5   

Gross increases related to prior period tax positions

     53.2        71.6   

Gross decreases related to prior period tax positions

     (61.7     (23.1

Gross increases related to current period tax positions

     71.5        87.7   

Settlements

     (29.3     (13.4

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (4.1     (0.7

Changes due to currency translation

     (6.8     6.5   
                

Unrecognized tax benefits, as of the end of the period

   $ 273.9      $ 251.1   
                

 

73


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Upon adoption of FIN 48 at June 1, 2007, the Company had $32.0 million (excluding federal benefit) accrued for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The liability for payment of interest and penalties increased $2.2 million and $41.2 million during the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of May 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions was $75.4 million and $73.2 million, respectively (excluding federal benefit).

The Company is subject to taxation primarily in the United States, China and the Netherlands as well as various state and other foreign jurisdictions. The Company has concluded substantially all U.S. federal income tax matters through fiscal year 2006. The Company is currently subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the 2007, 2008 and 2009 tax years. The Company’s major foreign jurisdictions, China and the Netherlands, have concluded substantially all income tax matters through calendar year 1998 and fiscal year 2002, respectively.

The Company has indefinitely reinvested approximately $2.6 billion of the cumulative undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries. Such earnings would be subject to U.S. taxation if repatriated to the U.S. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with the permanently reinvested cumulative undistributed earnings is not practicable.

Deferred tax assets at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were reduced by a valuation allowance relating to tax benefits of certain foreign subsidiaries with operating losses where it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The net change in the valuation allowance was a decrease of $14.7 million during fiscal 2009 and a decrease of $1.6 million during fiscal 2008.

The Company does not anticipate any foreign tax credit carry-forwards will expire. A benefit was recognized for foreign loss carry-forwards of $13.1 million at May 31, 2009. Such losses will expire as follows:

 

       Year Ending
May 31, 2014
   Indefinite
     (In millions)

Net Operating Losses

   $ 2.2    $ 10.9

During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, income tax benefits attributable to employee stock-based compensation transactions of $25.4 million, $68.9 million, and $56.6 million, respectively, were allocated to shareholders’ equity.

Note 10 — Redeemable Preferred Stock

Sojitz America is the sole owner of the Company’s authorized Redeemable Preferred Stock, $1 par value, which is redeemable at the option of Sojitz America or the Company at par value aggregating $0.3 million. A cumulative dividend of $0.10 per share is payable annually on May 31 and no dividends may be declared or paid on the common stock of the Company unless dividends on the Redeemable Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full. There have been no changes in the Redeemable Preferred Stock in the three years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. As the holder of the Redeemable Preferred Stock, Sojitz America does not have general voting rights but does have the right to vote as a separate class on the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, on merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or on the sale or assignment of the NIKE trademark for athletic footwear sold in the United States.

 

74


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 11 — Common Stock and Stock-Based Compensation

The authorized number of shares of Class A Common Stock, no par value, and Class B Common Stock, no par value, are 175 million and 750 million, respectively. Each share of Class A Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class B Common Stock. Voting rights of Class B Common Stock are limited in certain circumstances with respect to the election of directors.

In 1990, the Board of Directors adopted, and the shareholders approved, the NIKE, Inc. 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1990 Plan”). The 1990 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 132 million previously unissued shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with stock options and other awards granted under the plan. The 1990 Plan authorizes the grant of non-statutory stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock bonuses and the issuance and sale of restricted stock. The exercise price for non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights and the grant price of restricted stock may not be less than 75% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant. A committee of the Board of Directors administers the 1990 Plan. The committee has the authority to determine the employees to whom awards will be made, the amount of the awards, and the other terms and conditions of the awards. The committee has granted substantially all stock options at 100% of the market price on the date of grant. Substantially all stock option grants outstanding under the 1990 plan were granted in the first quarter of each fiscal year, vest ratably over four years, and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

The following table summarizes the Company’s total stock-based compensation expense recognized in selling and administrative expense:

 

     Year Ended May 31,
     2009    2008    2007
     (In millions)

Stock options (1)

   $ 128.8    $ 127.0    $ 134.9

ESPPs

     14.4      7.2      7.0

Restricted stock

     7.9      6.8      5.8
                    

Subtotal

     151.1      141.0      147.7

Stock options and restricted stock expense — restructuring (2)

     19.5          
                    

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 170.6    $ 141.0    $ 147.7
                    

 

(1)  

In accordance with FAS 123R, stock-based compensation expense reported during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 includes $56.3 million, $40.7 million and $36.3 million, respectively, of accelerated stock-based compensation expense recorded for employees eligible for stock option vesting upon retirement.

 

(2)  

In connection with the restructuring activities that took place during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense relating to the modification of stock option agreements, allowing for an extended post-termination exercise period, and accelerated vesting of restricted stock as part of severance packages. See Note 16 — Restructuring Charges for further details.

As of May 31, 2009, the Company had $82.3 million of unrecognized compensation costs from stock options, net of estimated forfeitures, to be recognized as selling and administrative expense over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

 

75


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The weighted average fair value per share of the options granted during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, as computed using the Black-Scholes pricing model, was $17.13, $13.87 and $8.80, respectively. The weighted average assumptions used to estimate these fair values are as follows:

 

     Year Ended May 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Dividend yield

   1.5   1.4   1.6

Expected volatility

   32.5   20.0   19.0

Weighted average expected life (in years)

   5.0      5.0      5.0   

Risk-free interest rate

   3.4   4.8   5.0

The Company estimates the expected volatility based on the implied volatility in market traded options on the Company’s common stock with a term greater than one year, along with other factors. The weighted average expected life of options is based on an analysis of historical and expected future exercise patterns. The interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury (constant maturity) risk-free rate in effect at the date of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the options.

The following summarizes the stock option transactions under the plan discussed above:

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Option
Price
   (In millions)      

Options outstanding May 31, 2006

   40.4      $ 32.31

Exercised

   (10.7     27.55

Forfeited

   (1.6     37.17

Granted

   11.6        39.54
        

Options outstanding May 31, 2007

   39.7      $ 35.50

Exercised

   (9.1     33.45

Forfeited

   (0.9     44.44

Granted

   6.9        58.50
        

Options outstanding May 31, 2008

   36.6      $ 40.14

Exercised

   (4.0     35.70

Forfeited

   (1.3     51.19

Granted

   7.5        58.17
        

Options outstanding May 31, 2009

   38.8      $ 43.69

Options exercisable at May 31,

    

2007

   15.3      $ 29.52

2008

   16.2        32.35

2009

   21.4        36.91

The weighted average contractual life remaining for options outstanding and options exercisable at May 31, 2009 was 6.3 years and 5.0 years, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable at May 31, 2009 was $535.6 million and $433.5 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value was the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price of the options. The total intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $108.4 million, $259.4 million and $204.9 million, respectively.

 

76


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

In addition to the 1990 Plan, the Company gives employees the right to purchase shares at a discount to the market price under employee stock purchase plans (“ESPPs”). Employees are eligible to participate through payroll deductions up to 10% of their compensation. At the end of each six-month offering period, shares are purchased by the participants at 85% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning or the ending of the offering period. Employees purchased 1.0 million shares, 0.8 million shares, and 0.8 million shares during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

From time to time, the Company grants restricted stock and unrestricted stock to key employees under the 1990 Plan. The number of shares granted to employees during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 75,000, 110,000 and 345,000 with weighted average values per share of $56.97, $59.50 and $39.38, respectively. Recipients of restricted shares are entitled to cash dividends and to vote their respective shares throughout the period of restriction. The value of all of the granted shares was established by the market price on the date of grant. During the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the fair value of restricted shares vested was $9.9 million, $9.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively, determined as of the date of vesting.

During the year ended May 31, 2007, the Company also granted shares of stock under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by shareholders in September 1997. During the year ended May 31, 2007, LTIP participants agreed to amend their grant agreements to eliminate the ability to receive payments in shares of stock; shares of stock are no longer awarded. Prior to the amendment, the LTIP provided for the issuance of cash or up to 2.0 million shares of Class B Common Stock to certain executives based on performance targets established over three-year time periods. Once performance targets are achieved, cash or shares of stock are issued. The shares are immediately vested upon grant. The value of the shares is established by the market price on the date of issuance. Under the LTIP, 3,000 shares with a price of $38.84 were issued during the year ended May 31, 2007 for the plan year ended May 31, 2006. Compensation expense recognized relating to shares issued during the year ended May 31, 2007 was not material. The Company recognized $17.6 million, $35.9 million and $30.0 million of selling and administrative expense related to the cash awards during the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 12 — Earnings Per Share

The following represents a reconciliation from basic earnings per common share to diluted earnings per common share. Options to purchase an additional 13.2 million, 6.6 million and 9.5 million shares of common stock were outstanding at May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options were antidilutive.

 

     Year Ended May 31,
       2009            2008            2007    
   (In millions, except per share data)

Determination of shares:

        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     484.9      495.6      503.8

Assumed conversion of dilutive stock options and awards

     5.8      8.5      6.1
                    

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

     490.7      504.1      509.9
                    

Basic earnings per common share

   $ 3.07    $ 3.80    $ 2.96
                    

Diluted earnings per common share

   $ 3.03    $ 3.74    $ 2.93
                    

 

77


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 13 — Benefit Plans

The Company has a profit sharing plan available to most U.S.-based employees. The terms of the plan call for annual contributions by the Company as determined by the Board of Directors. A subsidiary of the Company also has a profit sharing plan available to its U.S.-based employees. The terms of the plan call for annual contributions as determined by the subsidiary’s executive management. Contributions of $27.6 million, $37.3 million, and $31.8 million were made to the plans and are included in selling and administrative expense for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company has various 401(k) employee savings plans available to U.S.-based employees. The Company matches a portion of employee contributions with common stock or cash. Company contributions to the savings plans were $37.6 million, $33.9 million, and $24.9 million for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are included in selling and administrative expense.

The Company has pension plans in various countries worldwide. The pension plans are only available to local employees and are generally government mandated. The liability related to the unfunded pension liabilities of the plans was $82.8 million and $90.6 million at May 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (“FAS 158”) on May 31, 2007, the Company recorded a liability of $17.6 million related to the unfunded pension liabilities of the plans.

Note 14 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, are as follows:

 

       May 31,  
   2009    2008  
     (In millions)  

Cumulative translation adjustment and other

   $ 64.6    $ 399.9   

Net deferred gain (loss) on net investment hedge derivatives

     62.5      (43.5

Net deferred gain (loss) on cash flow hedge derivatives

     240.4      (105.0
               
   $ 367.5    $ 251.4   
               

Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases space for certain of its offices, warehouses and retail stores under leases expiring from one to twenty-five years after May 31, 2009. Rent expense was $397.0 million, $344.2 million and $285.2 million for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amounts of minimum future annual rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases in each of the five years ending May 31, 2010 through 2014 are $330.2 million, $281.3 million, $233.6 million, $195.6 million, $168.6 million, respectively, and $588.5 million in later years.

As of May 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had letters of credit outstanding totaling $154.8 million and $193.4 million, respectively. These letters of credit were generally issued for the purchase of inventory.

In connection with various contracts and agreements, the Company provides routine indemnifications relating to the enforceability of intellectual property rights, coverage for legal issues that arise and other items that fall under the scope of FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” Currently, the Company has several

 

78


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

such agreements in place. However, based on the Company’s historical experience and the estimated probability of future loss, the Company has determined that the fair value of such indemnifications is not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings involving contractual and employment relationships, product liability claims, trademark rights, and a variety of other matters. The Company does not believe there are any pending legal proceedings that will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Note 16 — Restructuring Charges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company took necessary steps to streamline its management structure, enhance consumer focus, drive innovation more quickly to market and establish a more scalable, long-term cost structure. As a result, the Company reduced its global workforce by approximately 5% and incurred pre-tax restructuring charges of $195 million, primarily consisting of severance costs related to the workforce reduction. As nearly all of the restructuring activities were completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company does not expect to recognize additional costs in future periods relating to these actions. The restructuring charge is reflected in the corporate expense line in the segment presentation of pre-tax income in Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information.

The activity in the restructuring accrual for the year ended May 31, 2009 is as follows (in millions):

 

Restructuring accrual — June 1, 2008

   $   

Severance and related costs

     195.0   

Cash payments

     (29.4

Non-cash stock option and restricted stock expense

     (19.5

Foreign currency translation and other

     3.5   
        

Restructuring accrual — May 31, 2009

   $ 149.6   
        

The accrual balance as of May 31, 2009 will be relieved throughout fiscal year 2010 and early 2011, as severance payments are completed. The restructuring accrual is included in Accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

As part of its restructuring activities, the Company reorganized its NIKE brand operations geographic structure. In fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, NIKE brand operations were organized into the following four geographic regions: U.S., Europe, Middle East and Africa (collectively, “EMEA”), Asia Pacific, and Americas. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company initiated a reorganization of the NIKE Brand business into a new operating model. As a result of this reorganization, beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the NIKE brand operations will consist of the following six geographies: North America, Western Europe, Central/Eastern Europe, Greater China, Japan, and Emerging Markets.

Note 17 — Divestitures

On December 17, 2007, the Company completed the sale of the Starter brand business to Iconix Brand Group, Inc. for $60.0 million in cash. This transaction resulted in a gain of $28.6 million during the year ended May 31, 2008.

 

79


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

On April 17, 2008, the Company completed the sale of NIKE Bauer Hockey for $189.2 million in cash to a group of private investors (“the Buyer”). The sale resulted in a net gain of $32.0 million recorded in the fourth quarter of the year ended May 31, 2008. This gain included the recognition of a $46.3 million cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment previously included in accumulated other comprehensive income. As part of the terms of the sale agreement, the Company granted the Buyer a royalty free limited license for the use of certain NIKE trademarks for a transitional period of approximately two years. The Company deferred $41.0 million of the sale proceeds related to this license agreement, to be recognized over the license period.

The gains resulting from these divestitures are reflected in other (income) expense, net and in the corporate expense line in the segment presentation of pre-tax income in Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information.

Note 18 — Risk Management and Derivatives

The Company is exposed to global market risks, including the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and uses derivatives to manage financial exposures that occur in the normal course of business. The Company does not hold or issue derivatives for trading purposes.

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives to either specific firm commitments, forecasted transactions or net investments. The Company also enters into foreign exchange forwards to mitigate the change in fair value of specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet; these are not designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of hedges of recorded balance sheet positions are recognized immediately in other (income) expense, net, on the income statement together with the transaction gain or loss from the hedged balance sheet position.

Substantially all derivatives outstanding as of May 31, 2009 are designated as either cash flow, fair value or net investment hedges. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value and classified based on the instrument’s maturity date. The total notional amount of outstanding derivatives as of May 31, 2009 was $7.1 billion, which is primarily comprised of cash flow hedges denominated in Euro, Japanese yen and British pound.

 

80


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheet as of May 31, 2009:

 

    Asset Derivatives   Liability Derivatives
      Balance Sheet Location   Fair Value   Balance Sheet Location   Fair Value
    (In millions)

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133:

       

Foreign exchange forwards and options

  Prepaid expenses and
other current assets
  $ 270.4   Accrued liabilities   $

Interest rate swap contracts

  Prepaid expenses and
other current assets
    0.1   Accrued liabilities    

Foreign exchange forwards and options

  Deferred income
taxes and other
assets
    81.3   Deferred income taxes
and other liabilities
    34.6

Interest rate swap contracts

  Deferred income
taxes and other
assets
    13.7   Deferred income taxes
and other liabilities
   
               

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133

      365.5       34.6
               

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133:

       

Foreign exchange forwards and options

  Prepaid expenses and
other current assets
  $ 12.8   Accrued liabilities   $ 34.3

Foreign exchange forwards and options

  Deferred income
taxes and other
assets
    0.4   Deferred income taxes
and other liabilities
   
               

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133

      13.2       34.3
               

Total derivatives

    $ 378.7     $ 68.9
               

 

81


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following tables present the amounts affecting the consolidated statement of income for year ended May 31, 2009:

 

       Amount of Gain
(Loss)
Recognized in
Other Comprehensive
Income on
Derivatives (1)
    Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified
From Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income into Income (1)
 

Derivatives designated under FAS 133

   Year Ended May 31,
2009
    Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified
From Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
Into Income (1)
  Year Ended May 31,
2009
 
     (In millions)  

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

      

Foreign exchange forwards and options

   $ 106.3      Revenue   $ 92.7   

Foreign exchange forwards and options

     350.1      Cost of sales     (13.5

Foreign exchange forwards and options

     (0.4   Selling and
administrative
expense
    0.8   

Foreign exchange forwards and options

     165.1      Other income
(expense)
    67.8   
                  

Total designated cash flow hedges

   $ 621.1        $ 147.8   

Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:

      

Foreign exchange forwards and options

   $ 161.4      Other income
(expense)
  $   

 

( 1 )  

For the year ended May 31, 2009, the Company recorded in other (income) expense, net an immaterial amount of ineffectiveness from cash flow hedges.

 

       Amount of Gain
(Loss) recognized in
Income on
Derivatives
    
       Year Ended May 31,
2009
   Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivatives
     (In millions)     

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:

     

Interest rate swaps (1)

   $ 1.5    Interest income (expense)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under FAS 133:

     

Foreign exchange forwards and options

   $ (83.0)    Other income (expense)

 

( 1 )  

Substantially all interest rate swap agreements meet the shortcut method requirements under FAS 133; accordingly, changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are exactly offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying long-term debt. Refer to section “Fair Value Hedges” for additional detail.

Refer to Note 5 — Accrued Liabilities for derivative instruments recorded in accrued liabilities, Note 6 — Fair Value Measurements for a description of how the above financial instruments are valued in accordance with FAS 157, Note 14 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and the Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for additional information on changes in other comprehensive income for the year ended May 31, 2009.

 

82


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Cash Flow Hedges

The purpose of the Company’s foreign currency hedging activities is to protect the Company from the risk that the eventual cash flows resulting from transactions in foreign currencies, including revenues, product costs, selling and administrative expenses, investments in U.S. dollar-denominated available-for-sale debt securities and payments related to intercompany transactions, will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. It is the Company’s policy to utilize derivatives to reduce foreign exchange risks where internal netting strategies cannot be effectively employed. Hedged transactions are denominated primarily in Euro, Japanese yen and British pound. The Company hedges up to 100% of anticipated exposures typically twelve to eighteen months in advance, but has hedged as much as 34 months in advance.

All changes in fair values of outstanding cash flow hedge derivatives, except the ineffective portion, are recorded in other comprehensive income, until net income is affected by the variability of cash flows of the hedged transaction. In most cases, amounts recorded in other comprehensive income will be released to net income some time after the maturity of the related derivative. The consolidated statement of income classification of effective hedge results is the same as that of the underlying exposure. Results of hedges of revenue and product costs are recorded in revenue and cost of sales, respectively, when the underlying hedged transaction affects net income. Results of hedges of selling and administrative expense are recorded together with those costs when the related expense is recorded. Results of hedges of anticipated purchases and sales of U.S. dollar-denominated available-for-sale securities are recorded in other (income) expense, net when the securities are sold. Results of hedges of anticipated intercompany transactions are recorded in other (income) expense, net when the transaction occurs.

Premiums paid on options are initially recorded as deferred charges. The Company assesses the effectiveness of options based on the total cash flows method and records total changes in the options’ fair value to other comprehensive income to the degree they are effective.

As of May 31, 2009, $132.0 million of deferred net gains (net of tax) on both outstanding and matured derivatives accumulated in other comprehensive income are expected to be reclassified to net income during the next twelve months as a result of underlying hedged transactions also being recorded in net income. Actual amounts ultimately reclassified to net income are dependent on the exchange rates in effect when derivative contracts that are currently outstanding mature. As of May 31, 2009, the maximum term over which the Company is hedging exposures to the variability of cash flows for its forecasted and recorded transactions is 23 months.

The Company formally assesses both at a hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in the hedging transaction have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. Effectiveness for cash flow hedges is assessed based on forward rates. When it is determined that a derivative is not, or has ceased to be, highly effective as a hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (i) it determines the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

 

83


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

When the Company discontinues hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur in the originally expected period, the gain or loss on the derivative remains in accumulated other comprehensive income and is reclassified to net income when the forecasted transaction affects net income. However, if it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur by the end of the originally specified time period or within an additional two-month period of time thereafter, the gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in net income. In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company will carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet, recognizing future changes in the fair value in other (income) expense, net. For the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recorded in other (income) expense an immaterial amount of ineffectiveness from cash flow hedges.

Fair Value Hedges

The Company is also exposed to the risk of changes in the fair value of certain fixed-rate debt attributable to changes in interest rates. Derivatives currently used by the Company to hedge this risk are receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps. As of May 31, 2009, all interest rate swap agreements are designated as fair value hedges of the related long-term debt and meet the shortcut method requirements under FAS 133. Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the interest rate swap agreements are exactly offset by changes in the fair value of the underlying long-term debt. No ineffectiveness has been recorded to net income related to interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

In fiscal 2003, the Company entered into a receive-floating, pay-fixed interest rate swap agreement related to a Japanese yen denominated intercompany loan with one of the Company’s Japanese subsidiaries. This interest rate swap was not designated as a hedge under FAS 133. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap were recorded to net income each period through maturity as a component of interest (income) expense, net. Both the intercompany loan and the related interest rate swap matured during fiscal 2009.

Net Investment Hedges

The Company also hedges the risk of variability in foreign-currency-denominated net investments in wholly-owned international subsidiaries. All changes in fair value of the derivatives designated as net investment hedges, except ineffective portions, are reported in the cumulative translation adjustment component of other comprehensive income along with the foreign currency translation adjustments on those investments. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness based on changes in forward rates. The Company recorded no ineffectiveness from its net investment hedges for the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008.

Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by counterparties to hedging instruments. This credit risk is limited to the unrealized gains in such instruments should any of these counterparties fail to perform as contracted. The counterparties to all derivative transactions are major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. However, this does not eliminate the Company’s exposure to credit risk with these institutions. To manage this risk, the Company has established strict counterparty credit guidelines that are continually monitored and reported to senior management according to prescribed guidelines. The Company utilizes a portfolio of financial institutions either headquartered or operating in the same countries the Company conducts its business. As a result of the above considerations, the Company considers the risk of counterparty default to be immaterial.

 

84


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Certain of the Company’s derivative instruments contain credit risk related contingent features. As of May 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all such credit risk related contingent features. The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with credit risk related contingent features that are in a net liability position at May 31, 2009 was $15.2 million. The Company was not required to post any collateral as a result of these contingent features.

Note 19 — Operating Segments and Related Information

Operating Segments.     The Company’s operating segments are evidence of the structure of the Company’s internal organization. The major segments are defined by geographic regions for operations participating in NIKE brand sales activity excluding NIKE Golf and NIKE Bauer Hockey. Each NIKE brand geographic segment operates predominantly in one industry: the design, production, marketing and selling of sports and fitness footwear, apparel, and equipment. The “Other” category shown below represents activities of Cole Haan, Converse, Exeter Brands Group (whose primary business was the Starter brand business which was sold on December 17, 2007), Hurley, NIKE Bauer Hockey (through April 16, 2008), NIKE Golf, and Umbro (beginning March 3, 2008) which are considered immaterial for individual disclosure based on the aggregation criteria in SFAS No. 131 “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.”

Net revenues as shown below represent sales to external customers for each segment. Intercompany revenues have been eliminated and are immaterial for separate disclosure. The Company evaluates performance of individual operating segments based on pre-tax income. On a consolidated basis, this amount represents income before income taxes as shown in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Reconciling items for pre-tax income represent corporate expense items that are not allocated to the operating segments for management reporting. Corporate expense consists of unallocated general and administrative expenses, which includes expenses associated with centrally managed departments, depreciation and amortization related to the Company’s corporate headquarters, unallocated insurance and benefit programs, foreign currency gains and losses, including hedge gains and losses, corporate eliminations and other items.

Additions to long-lived assets as presented in the following table represent capital expenditures.

Accounts receivable, inventories and property, plant and equipment for operating segments are regularly reviewed by management and are therefore provided below.

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassed to conform to fiscal 2009 presentation.

 

85


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     Year Ended May 31,  
       2009     2008     2007  
     (In millions)  

Net Revenue

      

United States

   $ 6,542.9      $ 6,414.5      $ 6,131.7   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     5,512.2        5,629.2        4,764.1   

Asia Pacific

     3,322.0        2,887.6        2,295.7   

Americas

     1,284.7        1,164.7        966.7   

Other

     2,514.3        2,531.0        2,167.7   
                        
   $ 19,176.1      $ 18,627.0      $ 16,325.9   
                        

Pre-tax Income

      

United States

   $ 1,337.9      $ 1,402.0      $ 1,386.1   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     1,316.9        1,281.9        1,050.1   

Asia Pacific

     853.4        694.2        515.4   

Americas

     274.1        242.3        199.3   

Other (1)

     (196.7     364.9        299.7   

Corporate Expense (2)

     (1,629.1     (1,482.4     (1,250.7
                        
   $ 1,956.5      $ 2,502.9      $ 2,199.9   
                        

Additions to Long-lived Assets

      

United States

   $ 95.2      $ 138.4      $ 67.3   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     77.7        69.0        94.9   

Asia Pacific

     74.8        42.4        20.7   

Americas

     8.7        8.6        5.3   

Other

     89.6        61.5        36.0   

Corporate

     109.7        129.3        89.3   
                        
   $ 455.7      $ 449.2      $ 313.5   
                        

Depreciation

      

United States

   $ 61.4      $ 49.2      $ 45.4   

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     55.4        64.8        47.4   

Asia Pacific

     43.6        31.1        25.2   

Americas

     6.5        6.7        6.1   

Other

     37.5        28.1        28.2   

Corporate

     130.6        123.7        117.4   
                        
   $ 335.0      $ 303.6      $ 269.7   
                        

 

(1)   During the year ended May 31, 2009, the Other category included a pre-tax charge of $401.3 million for the impairment of goodwill, intangible and other assets of Umbro, which was recorded in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. See Note 4 — Acquisition, Identifiable Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Umbro Impairment for more information.

 

(2)   During the year ended May 31, 2009, Corporate expense included pre-tax charges of $195.0 million for the Company’s restructuring activities, which were completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. See Note 16 — Restructuring Charges for more information.

 

86


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     Year Ended May 31,
       2009    2008
     (In millions)

Accounts Receivable, net

     

United States

   $ 837.2    $ 823.9

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     877.1      843.0

Asia Pacific

     394.6      406.1

Americas

     263.6      246.0

Other

     439.8      424.0

Corporate

     71.6      52.3
             
   $ 2,883.9    $ 2,795.3
             

Inventories

     

United States

   $ 831.8    $ 834.0

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     619.7      705.7

Asia Pacific

     295.8      280.9

Americas

     205.5      181.1

Other

     371.8      396.6

Corporate

     32.4      40.1
             
   $ 2,357.0    $ 2,438.4
             

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

     

United States

   $ 345.2    $ 318.4

Europe, Middle East and Africa

     341.5      370.5

Asia Pacific

     434.0      375.6

Americas

     18.8      20.4

Other

     163.7      126.9

Corporate

     654.5      679.3
             
   $ 1,957.7    $ 1,891.1
             

Revenues by Major Product Lines.     Revenues to external customers for NIKE brand products are attributable to sales of footwear, apparel and equipment. Other revenues to external customers primarily include external sales by Cole Haan, Converse, Exeter (whose primary business was the Starter brand business which was sold December 17, 2007), Hurley, NIKE Bauer Hockey (through April 16, 2008), NIKE Golf, and Umbro (beginning March 3, 2008).

 

     Year Ended May 31,
       2009    2008    2007
     (In millions)

Footwear

   $ 10,306.7    $ 9,731.6    $ 8,514.0

Apparel

     5,244.7      5,234.0      4,576.5

Equipment

     1,110.4      1,130.4      1,067.7

Other

     2,514.3      2,531.0      2,167.7
                    
   $ 19,176.1    $ 18,627.0    $ 16,325.9
                    

Revenues and Long-Lived Assets by Geographic Area.     Geographical area information is similar to what was shown previously under operating segments with the exception of the Other activity, which has been allocated to the geographical areas based on the location where the sales originated. Revenues derived in the

 

87


Table of Contents

NIKE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

United States were $8,019.8 million, $7,938.5 million, and $7,593.7 million, for the years ended May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. The Company’s largest concentrations of long-lived assets primarily consist of the Company’s world headquarters and distribution facilities in the United States and distribution facilities in Japan and Belgium. Long-lived assets attributable to operations in the United States, which are comprised of net property, plant & equipment, were $1,142.6 million, $1,109.9 million, and $991.3 million at May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Long-lived assets attributable to operations in Japan were $322.3 million, $303.8 million, and $260.6 million at May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Long-lived assets attributable to operations in Belgium were $191.0 million, $219.1 million and $198.3 million at May 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

Major Customers.     Revenues derived from Foot Locker, Inc. represented 9% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the years ended May 31, 2009 and 2008, and 10% for the year ended May 31, 2007. Sales to this customer are included in all segments of the Company.

Item 9.     Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There has been no change of accountants nor any disagreements with accountants on any matter of accounting principles or practices or financial statement disclosure required to be reported under this Item.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

We carry out a variety of on-going procedures, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to evaluate the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of May 31, 2009.

“Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” is included in Item 8 on page 51 of this Report.

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.     Other Information

No disclosure is required under this Item.

 

88


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K regarding directors is included under “Election of Directors” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K regarding executive officers is included under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 of this Report. The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is included under “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 406 of Regulation S-K is included under “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Items 407(d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K regarding the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is included under “Board of Directors and Committees” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

The information required by Items 402, 407(e)(4) and 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K regarding executive compensation is included under “Director Compensation for Fiscal 2009,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is included under “Equity Compensation Plans” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K is included under “Stock Holdings of Certain Owners and Management” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K is included under “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Board of Directors and Committees” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A is included under “Ratification Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

89


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a)   The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

            Form 10-K
Page No.

1.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:   
   Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    52
   Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years ended May 31, 2009, May 31, 2008 and May 31, 2007    53
   Consolidated Balance Sheets at May 31, 2009 and May 31, 2008    54
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended May 31, 2009, May 31, 2008 and May 31, 2007    55
   Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years ended May 31, 2009, May 31, 2008 and May 31, 2007    56
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    57

2.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE:   
   II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts    F-1

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3.    EXHIBITS:

 

  2.1    Implementation Agreement, dated October 23, 2007, between Umbro Plc, NIKE Vapor Ltd., and NIKE, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 25, 2007).*
  3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2005).
  3.2    Third Restated Bylaws, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 20, 2007).
  4.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (see Exhibit 3.1).
  4.2    Third Restated Bylaws, as amended (see Exhibit 3.2).
  4.3    Indenture dated as of December 13, 1996 between the Company and Bank One Trust Company, National Association (successor in interest to The First National Bank of Chicago), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-15953 filed by the Company on November 26, 1996).
  4.4    Form of Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company’s Fixed Rate Medium-Term Notes and the Company’s Floating Rate Medium-Term Notes, form of Fixed Rate Note and form of Floating Rate Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 29, 2002).

 

90


Table of Contents
  4.5    Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2006 among NIKE, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., individually and as Agent, and the other banks party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 6, 2006).
  4.6    First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated August 24, 2007, among NIKE, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFG, Ltd. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Documentation Agents, and the other Banks named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2008).
  4.7    Extension and Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated November 1, 2007, among NIKE, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agent, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFG, Ltd. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Documentation Agents, and the other Banks named therein. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.1    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement for options granted to executives under the 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (applicable to option grants on or after July 17, 2009).*
10.2    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement for options granted to non-U.S. executives under the 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (applicable to option grants on or after July 17, 2009).*
10.3    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between the Company and each of its officers and directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008).*
10.4    NIKE, Inc. 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2007).*
10.5    NIKE, Inc. Executive Performance Sharing Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2007).*
10.6    NIKE, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008).*
10.7    NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2009).*
10.8    NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (Amended and Restated effective June 1, 2004) (applicable to amounts deferred before January 1, 2005) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004).
10.9    Amendment No. 1 effective January 1, 2008 to the NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (June 1, 2004 Restatement).*
10.10    NIKE, Inc. Foreign Subsidiary Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2008).*
10.11    Amended and Restated Covenant Not To Compete And Non-Disclosure Agreement between NIKE, Inc. and Mark G. Parker dated July 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 24, 2008).*
10.12    Amended and Restated Covenant Not to Compete and Non-Disclosure Agreement between NIKE, Inc. and Charles D. Denson dated July 24, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 24, 2008).*

 

91


Table of Contents
10.13    Form of Long-Term Incentive Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 20, 2007).*
10.14    Form of Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement under the 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 21, 2005).*
10.15    Commercial Paper Agreement between NIKE, Inc., as Issuer, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2007).
10.16    Commercial Paper Agreement between NIKE, Inc., as Issuer, and Merrill Lynch Money Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2007).
10.17    Commercial Paper Agreement between NIKE, Inc., as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, as Dealer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2007).
10.18    Covenant Not to Compete and Non-Disclosure Agreement between NIKE, Inc. and Donald W. Blair dated November 10, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2006).*
10.19    Covenant Not to Compete and Non-Disclosure Agreement between NIKE, Inc. and Gary DeStefano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 11, 2006).*
10.20    Covenant Not to Compete and Non-Disclosure Agreement between NIKE, Inc. and Trevor A. Edwards dated November 14, 2002. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2008).*
12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (set forth on page F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32    Section 1350 Certifications.

 

*   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

The exhibits filed herewith do not include certain instruments with respect to long-term debt of NIKE and its subsidiaries, inasmuch as the total amount of debt authorized under any such instrument does not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of NIKE and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. NIKE agrees, pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, that it will furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

Upon written request to Investor Relations, NIKE, Inc., One Bowerman Drive, Beaverton, Oregon 97005-6453, NIKE will furnish shareholders with a copy of any Exhibit upon payment of $.10 per page, which represents our reasonable expenses in furnishing Exhibits.

 

92


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

    Balance at
Beginning
of Period
  Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Charged to
Other
Accounts
    Write-Offs
Net of
Recoveries
    Balance at
End of
Period
    (In millions)

Allowance for doubtful accounts (current and non-current) (1)

         

For the year ended May 31, 2007

  $ 67.6   $ 18.5   $ 1.8      $ (16.2   $ 71.7

For the year ended May 31, 2008

    71.7     25.7     4.0        (23.0     78.4

For the year ended May 31, 2009

    78.4     62.4     (11.7     (18.3     110.8

 

(1)  

The non-current portion of the allowance for doubtful accounts is classified in deferred income taxes and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-156406) and Form S-8 (Nos. 033-63995, 333-63581, 333-63583, 333-68864, 333-68886, 333-71660, 333-104822, 333-117059, and 333-133360) of NIKE, Inc. of our report dated July 27, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

Portland, Oregon

July 27, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

NIKE, INC.

By:

 

 

/s/    M ARK G. P ARKER        

 

Mark G. Parker

Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: July 27, 2009

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

Principal Executive Officer and Director:

    

/s/    M ARK G. P ARKER        

Mark G. Parker

  

Director, Chief Executive Officer and

President

  July 27, 2009

Principal Financial Officer:

    

/s/    D ONALD W. B LAIR        

Donald W. Blair

   Chief Financial Officer   July 27, 2009

Principal Accounting Officer:

    

/s/    B ERNARD F. P LISKA        

Bernard F. Pliska

   Corporate Controller   July 27, 2009
Directors:     

/s/    P HILIP H. K NIGHT        

Philip H. Knight

   Director, Chairman of the Board   July 27, 2009

/s/    J OHN G. C ONNORS        

John G. Connors

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    J ILL K. C ONWAY        

Jill K. Conway

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    T IMOTHY D. C OOK        

Timothy D. Cook

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    R ALPH D. D E N UNZIO        

Ralph D. DeNunzio

   Director   July 27, 2009

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    A LAN B. G RAF , J R .        

Alan B. Graf, Jr.

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    D OUGLAS G. H OUSER        

Douglas G. Houser

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    J OHN C. L ECHLEITER        

John C. Lechleiter

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    J OHNATHAN A. R ODGERS        

Johnathan A. Rodgers

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    O RIN C. S MITH        

Orin C. Smith

   Director   July 27, 2009

/s/    J OHN R. T HOMPSON , J R .        

John R. Thompson, Jr.

   Director   July 27, 2009

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.1

NIKE, INC.

1990 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of NIKE, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the “Company”), the Company grants to %%FIRST_NAME%-% %%LAST_NAME%-% (the “Optionee”) the right and the option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-% of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a purchase price of %%OPTION_PRICE%-% per share, subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement between the Company and the Optionee (this “Agreement”). By accepting this Option grant, the Optionee agrees to all of the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The terms and conditions of the Option grant set forth in attached Exhibit A are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

1. Grant Date; Expiration Date. The Grant Date for this Option is %%OPTION_DATE%-% . The Option shall continue in effect until %%EXPIRE_DATE_PERIOD1%-% (the “Expiration Date”) unless earlier terminated as provided in Sections 1, 4 or 5 of Exhibit A. The Option shall not be exercisable on or after the Expiration Date.

2. Vesting of Option. The Vesting Reference Date of this Option is %%OPTION_DATE%-% . Until it expires or is terminated as provided in Sections 1, 4 or 5 of Exhibit A, the Option may be exercised from time to time to purchase whole shares as to which it has become exercisable. The Option shall become exercisable for 25% of the shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date, so that the Option will be fully exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Reference Date.

3. Non-Statutory Stock Option. The Company hereby designates the Option to be a non-statutory stock option, rather than an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

NIKE, Inc.
By:    
  Mark G. Parker,
  Chief Executive Officer


NIKE, INC.

EXHIBIT A TO

1990 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Termination of Employment or Service.

1.1 General Rule. Except as provided in this Section 1, the Option may not be exercised unless at the time of exercise the Optionee is employed by or in the service of the Company and shall have been so employed or provided such service continuously since the Grant Date. For purposes of this Exhibit A, the Optionee is considered to be employed by or in the service of the Company if the Optionee is employed by or in the service of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (an “Employer”).

1.2 Termination Generally. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason other than because of the Optionee’s total disability, death or retirement as provided in Sections 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5, the Option may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or the expiration of three months after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period, but only if and to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination.

1.3 Termination Because of Total Disability. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates because of total disability, the Option shall, following the receipt and processing by the Company’s legal department of any necessary and appropriate documentation in connection with the Optionee’s termination (the “Processing Period”), become exercisable in full and may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before the date that is one year after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period. The term “total disability” means a medically determinable mental or physical impairment that is expected to result in death or has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that, in the opinion of the Company and two independent physicians, causes the Optionee to be unable to perform duties as an employee, director, officer or consultant of the Employer and unable to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity. Total disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day after the two independent physicians have furnished their written opinion of total disability to the Company and the Company has reached an opinion of total disability.

1.4 Termination Because of Death. If the Optionee dies while employed by or in the service of the Company, the Option shall, following the Processing Period, become exercisable in full and may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before the date that is one year after the date of death, whichever is the shorter period, but only by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under the Option shall pass by the Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state or country of domicile at the time of death.

1.5 Termination Because of Retirement. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates because of the Optionee’s retirement, following the Processing Period, the Option may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before


the expiration of three months after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period, but only to the extent specified in this Section 1.5. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the term “retirement” means a termination of employment or service that occurs at a time when (a) the Optionee’s retirement point total is at least 55, and (b) the Optionee has been employed by or in the service of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company for at least five full years. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the term “retirement point total” means the sum of the Optionee’s age in full years plus the number of full years that the Optionee has been employed by or in the service of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company. Upon the Optionee’s retirement, and following the Processing Period, the Optionee may exercise the portion of the Option that the Optionee was entitled to exercise immediately prior to retirement plus a percentage of the remaining unvested portion of the Option based on the Optionee’s retirement point total at the time of retirement as set forth in the following table:

 

Retirement Point Total

   Percent of Unvested Option
That Becomes Exercisable
 

55 or 56

   20

57

   40

58

   60

59

   80

60

   100

1.6 Absence on Leave. Absence on leave or on account of illness or disability under rules established by the committee of the Board of Directors of the Company appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) shall not be deemed an interruption of employment or service.

1.7 Failure to Exercise Option. To the extent that following termination of employment or service, the Option is not exercised within the applicable periods described above, all further rights to purchase shares pursuant to the Option shall cease and terminate.

2. Method of Exercise of Option. The Option may be exercised only by notice in writing from the Optionee to the Company, or a broker designated by the Company, of the Optionee’s binding commitment to purchase shares, specifying the number of shares the Optionee desires to purchase under the Option and the date on which the Optionee agrees to complete the transaction and, if required to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, containing a representation that it is the Optionee’s intention to acquire the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution (the “Exercise Notice”). On or before the date specified for completion of the purchase, the Optionee must pay the Company the full purchase price of those shares by either of, or a combination of, the following methods at the election of the Optionee: (a) cash payment by wire transfer; or (b) delivery of an Exercise Notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds required to pay the full purchase price. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no shares shall be issued until full payment for the shares has been made, including all amounts owed for tax withholding. The Optionee shall, immediately upon notification of the amount due, if any, also pay to the Company by wire transfer amounts necessary to satisfy any applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. If additional withholding is or becomes required (as a

 

2


result of exercise of the Option or as a result of disposition of shares acquired pursuant to exercise of the Option) beyond any amount deposited before delivery of the certificates, the Optionee shall pay such amount to the Company, by wire transfer, on demand. If the Optionee fails to pay the amount demanded, the Company or the Employer may withhold that amount from other amounts payable to the Optionee, including salary, subject to applicable law.

3. Nontransferability. The Option is nonassignable and nontransferable by the Optionee, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except as provided below and except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state or country of the Optionee’s domicile at the time of death, and during the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee. The Option shall also be transferable pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act. Following any permitted transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer, provided that, except for purposes of Section 1, the term “Optionee” shall be deemed to refer to the transferee. All references in Section 1 to employment or service, termination of employment or service and total disability, death and retirement shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Optionee. Following any termination of employment or service or total disability, death or retirement of the original Optionee as described in Section 1, the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified.

4. Changes in Capital Structure. If the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or of another corporation by reason of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, plan of exchange, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares or dividend payable in shares, appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Committee in the number and kind of shares subject to the Option, or the unexercised portion thereof, so that the Optionee’s proportionate interest before and after the occurrence of the event is maintained; provided, however, that this Section 4 shall not apply with respect to Approved Transactions (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have no obligation to effect any adjustment that would or might result in the issuance of fractional shares, and any fractional shares resulting from any adjustment may be disregarded or provided for in any manner determined by the Committee. Any such adjustments made by the Committee shall be conclusive. In the event of any merger, consolidation or plan of exchange affecting the Company to which Section 5 does not apply, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a 30-day period prior to such event during which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, without any limitation on exercisability, and upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Option shall immediately terminate.

5. Special Acceleration in Certain Events. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Option shall, at any time when the shareholders of the Company approve an Approved Transaction, immediately become exercisable in full during the remainder of the term of the Option; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a 30-day period prior to the Approved Transaction during which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, without any limitation on exercisability, and upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Option shall immediately terminate. For purposes of this Section 5, the term “Approved Transaction” means (a) any consolidation, merger, plan of

 

3


exchange or transaction involving the Company (a “Merger”) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Company would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a Merger involving the Company in which the holders of the Common Stock of the Company immediately prior to the Merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation after the Merger or (b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

6. Conditions on Obligations. The Company shall not be obligated to issue shares of Class B Common Stock upon exercise of the Option if the Company is advised by its legal counsel that such issuance would violate applicable state or federal laws, including securities laws. The Company will use its best efforts to take steps required by state or federal law or applicable regulations in connection with issuance of shares upon exercise of the Option.

7. No Right to Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall (a) confer upon the Optionee any right to be continued in the employment of an Employer or interfere in any way with the Employer’s right to terminate the Optionee’s employment at will at any time, for any reason, with or without cause, or to decrease the Optionee’s compensation or benefits, or (b) confer upon the Optionee any right to be retained or employed by the Employer or to the continuation, extension, renewal or modification of any compensation, contract or arrangement with or by the Employer. The determination of whether to grant any option under the Plan is made by the Company in its sole discretion. The grant of the Option shall not confer upon the Optionee any right to receive any additional option or other award under the Plan or otherwise.

8. Successors of Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company but, except as provided herein, the Option may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by the Optionee.

9. Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Class B Common Stock until the date the Optionee becomes the holder of record of those shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs before the date the Optionee becomes the holder of record.

10. Amendments. The Company may at any time amend this Agreement to extend the expiration periods provided in Section 1 or to increase the portion of the Option that is exercisable. Otherwise, this Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Optionee and the Company.

11. Committee Determinations. The Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Committee or other administrator of the Plan as to the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement or any questions arising thereunder.

12. Governing Law. The Option grant and the provisions of this Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of Oregon. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to

 

4


the jurisdiction of the State of Oregon, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Washington County, Oregon or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Oregon, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

13. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

14. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

15. Complete Agreement. This Agreement, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Optionee and the Company, both oral and written concerning the matters addressed herein, and all prior agreements or representations concerning the matters addressed herein, whether written or oral, express or implied, are terminated and of no further effect.

 

5

Exhibit 10.2

NIKE, INC.

1990 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

Pursuant to the 1990 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) of NIKE, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the “Company”), the Company grants to {Name} (the “Optionee”) the right and the option (the “Option”) to purchase all or any part of {# of shares} of the Company’s Class B Common Stock at a purchase price of $ {grant price} per share, subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement between the Company and the Optionee including any country-specific provisions set forth in the Appendix to the Agreement (collectively, this “Agreement”). By accepting this Option grant, the Optionee agrees to all of the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The terms and conditions of the Option grant set forth in attached Exhibit A are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

1. Grant Date; Expiration Date. The Grant Date for this Option is {Date} . The Option shall continue in effect until {Date} (the “Expiration Date”) unless earlier terminated as provided in Sections 1, 5 or 6 of Exhibit A. The Option shall not be exercisable on or after the Expiration Date.

2. Vesting of Option. The Vesting Reference Date of this Option is {Date} . Until it expires or is terminated as provided in Sections 1, 5 or 6 of Exhibit A, the Option may be exercised from time to time to purchase whole shares as to which it has become exercisable. The Option shall become exercisable for 25% of the shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date, so that the Option will be fully exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Reference Date, subject to the vesting limitations set forth in Section 9(m) of Exhibit A.

3. Non-Statutory Stock Option. The Company hereby designates the Option to be a non-statutory stock option, rather than an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

NIKE, Inc.
By:    
  Mark G. Parker,
  Chief Executive Officer


NIKE, INC.

EXHIBIT A TO

1990 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

1. Termination of Employment or Service.

1.1 General Rule. Except as provided in this Section 1, the Option may not be exercised unless at the time of exercise the Optionee is employed by or in the service of the Company and shall have been so employed or provided such service continuously since the Grant Date. For purposes of this Exhibit A, the Optionee is considered to be employed by or in the service of the Company if the Optionee is employed by or in the service of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (an “Employer”).

1.2 Termination Generally. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates for any reason other than because of the Optionee’s total disability, death or retirement as provided in Sections 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5, the Option may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or the expiration of three months after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period, but only if and to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, as described in Section 9(m) below.

1.3 Termination Because of Total Disability. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates because of total disability, the Option shall, following the receipt and processing by the Company’s legal department of any necessary and appropriate documentation in connection with the Optionee’s termination (the “Processing Period”), become exercisable in full and may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before the date that is one year after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period. The term “total disability” means a medically determinable mental or physical impairment that is expected to result in death or has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that, in the opinion of the Company and two independent physicians, causes the Optionee to be unable to perform duties as an employee, director, officer or consultant of the Employer and unable to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity. Total disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day after the two independent physicians have furnished their written opinion of total disability to the Company and the Company has reached an opinion of total disability.

1.4 Termination Because of Death. If the Optionee dies while employed by or in the service of the Company, the Option shall, following the Processing Period, become exercisable in full and may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before the date that is one year after the date of death, whichever is the shorter period, but only by the person or persons to whom the Optionee’s rights under the Option shall pass by the Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state or country of domicile at the time of death.


1.5 Termination Because of Retirement. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company terminates because of the Optionee’s retirement, following the Processing Period, the Option may be exercised at any time before the Expiration Date or before the expiration of three months after the date of termination, whichever is the shorter period, but only to the extent specified in this Section 1.5. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the term “retirement” means a termination of employment or service that occurs at a time when (a) the Optionee’s retirement point total is at least 55, and (b) the Optionee has been employed by or in the service of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company for at least five full years. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the term “retirement point total” means the sum of the Optionee’s age in full years plus the number of full years that the Optionee has been employed by or in the service of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company. Upon the Optionee’s retirement, and following the Processing Period, the Optionee may exercise the portion of the Option that the Optionee was entitled to exercise immediately prior to retirement plus a percentage of the remaining unvested portion of the Option based on the Optionee’s retirement point total at the time of retirement as set forth in the following table:

 

Retirement Point Total

   Percent of Unvested Option
That Becomes Exercisable
 

55 or 56

   20

57

   40

58

   60

59

   80

60

   100

1.6 Absence on Leave. Absence on leave or on account of illness or disability under rules established by the committee of the Board of Directors of the Company appointed to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) shall not be deemed an interruption of employment or service.

1.7 Failure to Exercise Option. To the extent that following termination of employment or service, the Option is not exercised within the applicable periods described above, all further rights to purchase shares pursuant to the Option shall cease and terminate.

2. Method of Exercise of Option. The Option may be exercised only by notice in writing from the Optionee to the Company, or a broker designated by the Company, of the Optionee’s binding commitment to purchase shares, specifying the number of shares the Optionee desires to purchase under the Option and the date on which the Optionee agrees to complete the transaction and, if required to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, containing a representation that it is the Optionee’s intention to acquire the shares for investment and not with a view to distribution (the “Exercise Notice”). On or before the date specified for completion of the purchase, the Optionee must pay the Company the full purchase price of those shares either of, or a combination of, the following methods at the election of the Optionee: (a) cash payment by wire transfer; or (b) delivery of an Exercise Notice, together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale proceeds required to pay the full purchase price. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no shares shall be issued upon exercise of an Option until full payment for the shares has been made, including all amounts


owed for Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 4 below). The Optionee shall, immediately upon notification of the amount due, if any, pay to the Company by wire transfer amounts necessary to satisfy any applicable Tax-Related Items. The Company may collect these Tax-Related Items by any of the means set forth in Section 4 below.

3. Nontransferability. The Option is nonassignable and nontransferable by the Optionee, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except as provided below and except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution of the state or country of the Optionee’s domicile at the time of death, and during the Optionee’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Optionee. Following any permitted transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer, provided that, except for purposes of Section 1, the term “Optionee” shall be deemed to refer to the transferee. All references in Section 1 to employment or service, termination of employment or service and total disability, death and retirement shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Optionee. Following any termination of employment or service or total disability, death or retirement of the original Optionee as described in Section 1, the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent and for the periods specified.

4. Responsibility for Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company or the Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee or deemed by the Company or the Employer to be an appropriate charge to the Optionee even if technically due by the Company or the Employer (“Tax-Related Items”), the Optionee acknowledge that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Optionee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Optionee further acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such issuance and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Optionee has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the date of grant and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax-withholding event, as applicable, the Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

  (1) withholding from the Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Optionee by the Company and/or the Employer; or


  (2) withholding from proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Optionee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

 

  (3) withholding in shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares, for tax purposes, the Optionee is deemed to have been issued the full number of shares subject to the exercised Option, notwithstanding that a number of the shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Optionee shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the shares or the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock, if the Optionee fails to comply with the Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

5. Changes in Capital Structure. If the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are hereafter increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or of another corporation by reason of any reorganization, merger, consolidation, plan of exchange, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares or dividend payable in shares, appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Committee in the number and kind of shares subject to the Option, or the unexercised portion thereof, so that the Optionee’s proportionate interest before and after the occurrence of the event is maintained; provided, however, that this Section 5 shall not apply with respect to Approved Transactions (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have no obligation to effect any adjustment that would or might result in the issuance of fractional shares, and any fractional shares resulting from any adjustment may be disregarded or provided for in any manner determined by the Committee. Any such adjustments made by the Committee shall be conclusive. In the event of any merger, consolidation or plan of exchange affecting the Company to which Section 6 does not apply, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a 30-day period prior to such event during which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, without any limitation on exercisability, and upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Option shall immediately terminate.

6. Special Acceleration in Certain Events. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Option shall, at any time when the shareholders of the Company approve an Approved Transaction, immediately become exercisable in full during the remainder of the term of the Option; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide a 30-day period prior to the Approved Transaction during which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, in whole or in part, without any limitation on exercisability, and upon the expiration of such 30-day period, the Option shall immediately terminate. For purposes of this


Section 6, the term “Approved Transaction” means (a) any consolidation, merger, plan of exchange or transaction involving the Company (a “Merger”) in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which the Common Stock of the Company would be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than a Merger involving the Company in which the holders of the Common Stock of the Company immediately prior to the Merger have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving corporation after the Merger or (b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

7. Conditions on Obligations. The Company shall not be obligated to issue shares of Class B Common Stock upon exercise of the Option if the Company is advised by its legal counsel that such issuance would violate applicable foreign, state or federal laws, including securities laws or exchange control regulations.

8. No Right to Employment or Service. Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall (a) confer upon the Optionee any right to be continued in the employment of an Employer or interfere in any way with the Employer’s right to terminate the Optionee’s employment at will at any time, for any reason, with or without cause, or to decrease the Optionee’s compensation or benefits, or (b) confer upon the Optionee any right to be retained or employed by the Employer or to the continuation, extension, renewal or modification of any compensation, contract or arrangement with or by the Employer.

9. Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, the Optionee acknowledges that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time;

(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) the Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are extraordinary items that do not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and which are outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any;

(f) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(g) the Option and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;


(h) the Option grant and the Optionee’s participation in the Plan will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

(i) the future value of the underlying shares of Common Stock is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(j) if the underlying shares of Common Stock do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(k) if the Optionee exercises the Option and obtains shares of Common Stock, the value of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price;

(l) in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from termination of the exercisability of the Option resulting from termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company or the Employer (for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of local labor laws) and the Optionee irrevocably releases the Company and the Employer from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen, the Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement to pursue such claim;

(m) in the event of termination of the Optionee’s employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that the Optionee is no longer actively employed; furthermore, in the event of termination of employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option after termination of employment, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of active employment and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law ( e.g. , active employment would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Optionee is no longer actively employed for purposes of the Option grant; and

(n) the Option and the benefits under the Plan, if any, will not automatically transfer to another company in the case of a merger, take-over or transfer of liability.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, or the Optionee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. The Optionee is hereby advised to consult with the Optionee’s own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding the Optionee’s participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. Data Privacy. The Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.


The Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

The Optionee understand that Data will be transferred to-a designated Plan broker or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country. The Optionee understands that the Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Optionee’s local human resources representative. The Optionee authorizes the Company, a designated Plan broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that the Optionee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Optionee’s local human resources representative. The Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing the Optionee’s consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that the Optionee may contact the Optionee’s local human resources representative.

12. Successors of Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company but, except as provided herein, the Option may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by the Optionee.

13. Rights as a Shareholder. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Class B Common Stock until the date the Optionee becomes the holder of record of those shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs before the date the Optionee becomes the holder of record.

14. Amendments. The Company may at any time amend this Agreement to extend the expiration periods provided in Section 1 or to increase the portion of the Option that is exercisable. Otherwise, this Agreement may not be amended without the written consent of the Optionee and the Company.


15. Committee Determinations. The Optionee agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Committee or other administrator of the Plan as to the provisions of the Plan or this Agreement or any questions arising thereunder.

16. Governing Law. The Option grant and the provisions of this Agreement are governed by, and subject to, the laws of the State of Oregon. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Oregon, and agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of Washington County, Oregon or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Oregon, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

17. Language. If the Optionee has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

18. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

19. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

20. Appendix . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Appendix to this Agreement for the Optionee’s country. Moreover, if the Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Optionee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

21. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements upon the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with local law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

22. Complete Agreement. This Agreement, including the Plan and the Appendix, constitutes the entire agreement between the Optionee and the Company, both oral and written concerning the matters addressed herein, except with regard to the imposition of other requirements as described under Section 21, above, and all prior agreements or representations concerning the matters addressed herein, whether written or oral, express or implied, are terminated and of no further effect.


NIKE, INC.

APPENDIX TO THE

1990 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern Options for Optionees residing in one of the countries listed herein. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Appendix but defined in the Plan and/or the Agreement shall have the same definitions as in the Plan and/or the Agreement (as applicable).

This Appendix also includes information regarding certain issues of which the Optionee should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of June 2009. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Optionee not rely on the information in this Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that the Optionee exercises the Option or sell shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to the Optionee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure the Optionee of a particular result. Accordingly, the Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Optionee’s country may apply to a particular situation.

Further, if the Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which the Optionee is currently working, the information contained herein may not be applicable.

Finally, the Company may, at any time and at its own discretion, restrict the available methods of exercising the Option/paying the purchase price or direct the repatriation of the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option to facilitate compliance with any tax, securities or other relevant laws in the Optionee’s country.


ARGENTINA

Securities Law Information . Shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not publicly offered or listed on any stock exchange in Argentina. The offer is private and not subject to the supervision of any Argentine governmental authority.

Exchange Control Information . Under the current regulations adopted by the Argentine Central Bank (the “BCRA”), the Optionee may purchase and remit foreign currency with a value up to US$2,000,000 per month out of Argentina for the purpose of acquiring foreign securities, including shares, without prior approval from the BCRA, provided the Optionee executes and submits an affidavit to the BCRA confirming that the Optionee has not purchased and remitted funds in excess of US$2,000,000 during the relevant month.

Please note that exchange control regulations in Argentina are subject to frequent change. The Optionee should consult with his or her personal legal advisor regarding any exchange control obligations that the Optionee may have prior to exercising the shares or receiving proceeds from the sale of shares under the Plan.

AUSTRALIA

Securities Law Information. If the Optionee acquires shares under the Plan and subsequently offers the shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, such an offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law, and the Optionee should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure requirements prior to making any such offer.

AUSTRIA

Consumer Protection Information . To the extent that the provisions of the Austrian Consumer Protection Act are applicable to the Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee may be entitled to revoke his or her acceptance of the Agreement if the conditions listed below are met:

 

  (i) If the Optionee accepts the Option outside of the business premises of the Company, the Optionee may be entitled to revoke his or her acceptance of the Agreement, provided the revocation is made within one week after the Optionee accepts the Agreement.

 

  (ii) The revocation must be in written form to be valid. It is sufficient if the Optionee returns the Agreement to the Company or the Company’s representative with language that can be understood as the Optionee’s refusal to conclude or honor the Agreement, provided the revocation is sent within the period set forth above.

BELGIUM

Taxation of Option. The Option must be accepted in writing either (i) within 60 days of the offer (for tax at offer), or (ii) after 60 days of the offer (for tax at exercise).

Reporting Information. The Optionee is required to report any bank or brokerage accounts opened and maintained outside Belgium on his or her annual tax return.


BRAZIL

Compliance with Law. By accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges his or her agreement to comply with applicable Brazilian laws and to pay any and all applicable taxes associated with the exercise of the Option, the receipt of any dividends, and the sale of shares issued upon exercise of the Option under the Plan.

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee is a resident or domiciled in Brazil, he or she will be required to submit an annual declaration of assets and rights held outside of Brazil to the Central Bank of Brazil if the aggregate value of such assets and rights is equal to or greater than US$100,000. Assets and rights that must be reported include shares issued upon exercise of the Option under the Plan.

CANADA

Method of Exercise. This provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Optionee will not be permitted to pay the purchase price or any Tax-Related Items by delivery to the Company, or attestation to the Company of ownership, of other Common Stock.

French Language Provision. The following provision will apply if the Optionee is a resident of Quebec:

The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la convention, ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à ou suite à la présente convention.

Termination of Employment. This provision supplements Section 9 of the Agreement.

In the event of involuntary termination of the Optionee’s employment (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), the Optionee’s right to receive and vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that is the earlier of: (1) the date the Optionee receives notice of termination of employment from the Company or the Optionee’s Employer, or (2) the date the Optionee is no longer actively employed by the Company or his or her Employer regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under local law (including, but not limited to, statutory law, regulatory law and/or common law); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Optionee no longer actively employed for purposes of the Option grant.


Data Privacy. This provision supplements the Data Privacy section of the Agreement:

The Optionee hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. The Optionee further authorizes the Company, any subsidiary or affiliate and the Committee to disclose and discuss the Plans with their advisors. The Optionee further authorizes the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate to record such information and to keep such information in the Optionee’s employee file.

CHINA

Method of Exercise . This provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or the Plan, due to exchange control laws in China, the Optionee will be required to exercise his or her Option using the cashless sell-all exercise method pursuant to which all shares subject to the exercised Option will be sold immediately upon exercise and the proceeds of sale, less the exercise price, any Tax-Related Items and broker’s fees or commissions, will be remitted to the Optionee in accordance with any applicable exchange control laws and regulations. The Company reserves the right to provide additional methods of exercise depending on the development of local law. This restriction will not apply to non-PRC citizens.

Exchange Control Requirements . The Optionee understands and agrees that, pursuant to local exchange control requirements, the Optionee will be required to immediately repatriate the cash proceeds from the cashless exercise of the Option to China. The Optionee further understands that, under local law, such repatriation of his or her cash proceeds may need to be effectuated through a special exchange control account established by the Company, subsidiary, affiliate or the Employer, and the Optionee hereby consents and agrees that any proceeds from the sale of shares may be transferred to such special account prior to being delivered to the Optionee. The Company is under no obligation to secure any particular exchange conversion rate and the Company may face delays in converting the proceeds to local currency due to exchange control restrictions. The Optionee further agrees to comply with any other requirements that may be imposed by the Company in the future in order to facilitate compliance with exchange control requirements in China. These requirements will not apply to non-PRC citizens.

CHILE

Securities Law Information. Neither the Company nor the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option are registered with the Chilean Registry of Securities or under the control of the Chilean Superintendence of Securities.

Exchange Control Information. It is the Optionee’s responsibility to make sure that the Optionee complies with exchange control requirements in Chile when the value of his or her Option transaction is in excess of US$10,000, regardless of whether the Optionee exercises his or her shares through a cash exercise or cashless method of exercise.

If the Optionee uses the cash exercise method to exercise his or her Option and the Optionee remits funds in excess of US$10,000 out of Chile, the remittance must be made through the Formal Exchange Market ( i.e ., a commercial bank or registered foreign exchange office). In such case, the Optionee must provide to the bank or registered foreign exchange office certain information regarding the remittance of funds ( e.g ., destination, currency, amount, parties involved, etc.).


If the Optionee exercises his or her Option using a cashless exercise method and the aggregate value of the purchase price exceeds US$10,000, the Optionee must sign Annex 1 of the Manual of Chapter XII of the Foreign Exchange Regulations and file it directly with the Central Bank within 10 days of the exercise date.

The Optionee is not required to repatriate funds obtained from the sale of shares or the receipt of any dividends. However, if the Optionee decides to repatriate such funds, the Optionee must do so through the Formal Exchange Market if the amount of the funds exceeds US$10,000. In such case, the Optionee must report the payment to a commercial bank or registered foreign exchange office receiving the funds.

If the Optionee’s aggregate investments held outside of Chile exceeds US$5,000,000 (including the investments made under the Plan), the Optionee must report the investments annually to the Central Bank. Annex 3.1 of Chapter XII of the Foreign Exchange Regulations must be used to file this report.

Please note that exchange control regulations in Chile are subject to change. The Optionee should consult with his or her personal legal advisor regarding any exchange control obligations that the Optionee may have prior to exercising shares or receiving proceeds from the sale of shares acquired under the Plan.

Annual Tax Reporting Obligation. The Chilean Internal Revenue Service (“CIRS”) requires all taxpayers to provide information annually regarding: (i) the taxes paid abroad which they will use as a credit against Chilean income taxes, and (ii) the results of foreign investments. These annual reporting obligations must be complied with by submitting a sworn statement setting forth this information before March 15 of each year. The forms to be used to submit the sworn statement are Tax Form 1853 “Annual Sworn Statement Regarding Credits for Taxes Paid Abroad” and Tax Form 1851 “Annual Sworn Statement Regarding Investments Held Abroad.” If the Optionee is not a Chilean citizen and has been a resident in Chile for less than three years, the Optionee is exempt from the requirement to file Tax Form 1853. These statements must be submitted electronically through the CIRS website: www.sii.cl.

CZECH REPUBLIC

Exchange Control Information. Upon request of the Czech National Bank, the Optionee may need to file a notification within 15 days of the end of the calendar quarter in which he or she acquires shares under the Plan.

DENMARK

Exchange Control and Tax Reporting Information. The Optionee may hold shares acquired under the Plan in a safety-deposit account ( e.g ., a brokerage account) either with a Danish bank or with an approved foreign broker or bank. If the shares are held with a foreign broker or bank, the Optionee is required to inform the Danish Tax Administration about the safety-deposit account. For this purpose, he or she must file a Form V ( Erklaering V ) with the Danish Tax Administration. Both the Optionee and the broker or bank must sign the Form V. By signing the Form V, the broker or bank undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the shares in the account. By signing the Form V, the Optionee authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.


In addition, if the Optionee opens a brokerage account (or a deposit account with a U.S. bank), the brokerage account (or bank account, as applicable) will be treated as a deposit account because cash can be held in the account. Therefore, the Optionee must also file a Form K ( Erklaering K ) with the Danish Tax Administration. Both the Optionee and the broker must sign the Form K. By signing the Form K, the broker undertakes an obligation, without further request each year, to forward information to the Danish Tax Administration concerning the content of the deposit account. By signing the Form K, the Optionee authorizes the Danish Tax Administration to examine the account.

FINLAND

There are no country specific provisions.

FRANCE

Language Consent . By accepting the Option, the Optionee confirms having read and understood the documents relating to this grant (the Plan, the Agreement and this Appendix) which were provided in English language. The Optionee accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

En acceptant l’attribution, vous confirmez ainsi avoir lu et compris les documents relatifs à cette attribution (le Plan, le contrat et cette Annexe) qui ont été communiqués en langue anglaise. Vous acceptez les termes en connaissance de cause.

GERMANY

There are no country-specific provisions.

GREECE

Exchange Control Information. If the Optionee exercises his or her Option through a cash exercise, withdraws funds from a bank in Greece and remits those funds out of Greece, the Optionee will be required to submit a written application to the bank containing the following information: (i) amount and currency to be remitted; (ii) account to be debited; (iii) name and contact information of the beneficiary (the person or company to whom the funds are to be remitted); (iv) bank of the beneficiary with address and code number; (v) account number of the beneficiary; (vi) details of the payment such as the purpose of the transaction ( e.g. , exercise of shares); and (vii) expenses of the transaction.

If the Optionee exercises his or her Option by way of a cashless method of exercise, this application will not be required since no funds will be remitted out of Greece.


HONG KONG

Securities Law Information: Warning: The Option and shares acquired through participation in the Plan do not constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available only to employees of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates. The Plan, the Agreement, and other incidental communication materials have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong. Nor have the documents been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. The Option is intended only for the personal use of each eligible employee of the Employer, the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate and may not be distributed to any other person. The Optionee is advised to exercise caution in relation to the Option. If the Optionee is in any doubt about any of the contents of the Agreement, including this Appendix, or the Plan, the Optionee should obtain independent professional advice.

Sale Restriction. Notwithstanding anything contrary in the Agreement or the Plan, in the event the Optionee’s Option vests and the Optionee or his or her heirs and representatives exercise the Option such that shares are issued to the Optionee or his or her heirs and representatives within six months of the Grant Date, the Optionee agrees that the Optionee or his or her heirs and representatives will not dispose of any shares acquired prior to the six-month anniversary of the Grant Date.

Nature of Scheme . The Company specifically intends that the Plan will not be an occupational retirement scheme for purposes of the Occupational Retirement Schemes Ordinance.

HUNGARY

There are no country specific provisions.

INDIA

Method of Exercise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Agreement, due to legal restrictions in India, the Optionee will not be permitted to pay the exercise price by a “sell-to-cover” exercise ( i.e., where shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be sold immediately upon exercise and the proceeds of the sale will be remitted to the Company to cover the exercise price for the purchased shares and any Tax-Related Items or Fringe Benefit Tax withholding). The Company reserves the right to permit this method of payment depending on the development of local law.

Repatriation of Proceeds of Sale. The Optionee agrees to repatriate all proceeds received from the sale of shares of Common Stock to India within a reasonable time following the sale of the shares of Common Stock ( i.e. , within 90 days). The Optionee must maintain the foreign inward remittance certificate received from the bank where the foreign currency is deposited in the event that the Reserve Bank of India or the Company requests proof of repatriation. It is the Optionee’s responsibility to comply with applicable exchange control laws in India.

Fringe Benefit Tax. By accepting the Option and participating in the Plan, the Optionee consents and agrees to assume any and all liability for fringe benefit tax that may be payable by the Optionee or the Employer in connection with the Plan. The Optionee understands that the grant of this Option and participation in the Plan is contingent upon the Optionee’s agreement to assume liability for fringe benefit tax payable on the exercise of the Option.


Further, by accepting this Option and participating in the Plan, the Optionee agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may collect fringe benefit tax from the Optionee by any of the means set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement or any other reasonable method established by the Company. The Optionee also agrees to execute any other consents or elections required to accomplish the foregoing, promptly upon request of the Company.

INDONESIA

Method of Exercise. The following provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Due to regulatory requirements, the Optionee understands that the Optionee will be restricted to the cashless sell-all method of exercise. To complete a cashless sell-all exercise, the Optionee understands that the Optionee needs to instruct his or her broker to: (i) sell all of the shares issued upon exercise; (ii) use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any applicable Tax-Related Items; and (iii) remit the balance in cash to the Optionee. The Optionee will not be permitted to hold shares after exercise. Depending on the development of local laws or the Optionee’s country of residence, the Company reserves the right to modify the methods of exercising the Option and, in its sole discretion, to permit cash exercise, cashless sell-to cover exercise or any other method of exercise and payment of Tax-Related Items permitted under the Plan.

ISRAEL

Securities Law Notification. This offer of the Option does not constitute a public offering under the Securities Law, 1968.

Method of Exercise. The following provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Due to regulatory requirements, the Optionee understands that the Optionee will be restricted to the cashless sell-all method of exercise. To complete a cashless sell-all exercise, the Optionee understands that the Optionee needs to instruct his or her broker to: (i) sell all of the shares issued upon exercise; (ii) use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any applicable Tax-Related Items; and (iii) remit the balance in cash to the Optionee. The Optionee will not be permitted to hold shares after exercise. Depending on the development of local laws or the Optionee’s country of residence, the Company reserves the right to modify the methods of exercising the Option and, in its sole discretion, to permit cash exercise, cashless sell-to cover exercise or any other method of exercise and payment of Tax-Related Items permitted under the Plan.


ITALY

Method of Exercise. The following provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Due to regulatory requirements, the Optionee understands that the Optionee will be restricted to the cashless sell-all method of exercise. To complete a cashless sell-all exercise, the Optionee understands that the Optionee needs to instruct his or her broker to: (i) sell all of the shares issued upon exercise; (ii) use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any applicable Tax-Related Items; and (iii) remit the balance in cash to the Optionee. The Optionee will not be permitted to hold shares after exercise. Depending on the development of local laws or the Optionee’s country of residence, the Company reserves the right to modify the methods of exercising the Option and, in its sole discretion, to permit cash exercise, cashless sell-to cover exercise or any other method of exercise and payment of Tax-Related Items permitted under the Plan.

Data Privacy Notice. This provision replaces Section 11 of the Agreement:

The Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer as a data processor of the Company may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, and that the Company and the Employer will process said data and other data lawfully received from third party (collectively, “Personal Data”) for the exclusive purpose of managing and administering the Plan and complying with applicable laws, regulations and legislation. The Optionee also understands that providing the Company with Personal Data is mandatory for compliance with laws and is necessary for the performance of the Plan and that the Optionee’s denial to provide Personal Data would make it impossible for the Company to perform its contractual obligations and may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Optionee understands that Personal Data will not be publicized, but it may be accessible by the Employer as a data processor of the Company and within the Employer’s organization by its internal and external personnel in charge of processing. Furthermore, Personal Data may be transferred to banks, other financial institutions or brokers involved in the management and administration of the Plan. The Optionee understands that Personal Data may also be transferred to the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company, and also to the legitimate addressees under applicable laws. The Optionee further understands that the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates will transfer Personal Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, and that the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates may each further transfer Personal Data to third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including any requisite transfer of Personal Data to a broker or other third party with whom the Optionee may elect to deposit any shares acquired under the Plan or any proceeds from the sale of such shares. Such recipients may receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Personal Data in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that these recipients may be acting as controllers, processors or persons in charge of processing, as the case may be, according to applicable privacy laws, and that they may be located in or outside the European Economic Area, such as in the United States or elsewhere, in countries that do not provide an adequate level of data protection as intended under Italian privacy law.


Should the Company exercise its discretion in suspending all necessary legal obligations connected with the management and administration of the Plan, it will delete Personal Data as soon as it has accomplished all the necessary legal obligations connected with the management and administration of the Plan.

The Optionee understands that Personal Data processing related to the purposes specified above shall take place under automated or non-automated conditions, anonymously when possible, that comply with the purposes for which Personal Data is collected and with confidentiality and security provisions as set forth by applicable laws and regulations, with specific reference to Legislative Decree no. 196/2003.

The processing activity, including communication, the transfer of Personal Data abroad, including outside of the European Economic Area, as specified herein and pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, does not require the Optionee’s consent thereto as the processing is necessary to performance of law and contractual obligations related to implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands that, pursuant to Section 7 of the Legislative Decree no. 196/2003, he or she has the right at any moment to, including, but not limited to, obtain confirmation that Personal Data exists or not, access, verify its content, origin and accuracy, delete, update, integrate, correct, blocked or stop, for legitimate reason, the Personal Data processing. To exercise privacy rights the Optionee should address the Data Controller as defined in the employee privacy policy. Furthermore, the Optionee is aware that Personal Data will not be used for direct marketing purposes. In addition, Personal Data provided can be reviewed and questions or complaints can be addressed by contacting the Optionee’s human resources department.

Plan Document Acknowledgment. By accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan, the Agreement and this Appendix and has reviewed the Plan, the Agreement and this Appendix in their entirety and fully accepts all provisions thereof. The Optionee further acknowledges that he or she has read and specifically and expressly approves the following provisions of the Agreement: (i) Section 4: Responsibility for Taxes; (ii) Section 8: No Right to Employment or Service; (iii) Section 9: Nature of Grant; (iv) Section 16: Governing Law and Venue; (v) Section 17: Language; (vi) Section 20: Appendix; and (vii) the Data Privacy Notice and Consent section included in this Appendix.

Exchange Control Information. The Optionee must report in his or her annual tax return: (i) any transfers of cash or shares to or from Italy exceeding €10,000 or the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars; and (ii) any foreign investments or investments (including proceeds from the sale of shares acquired under the Plan) held outside of Italy exceeding €10,000 or the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars, if the investment may give rise to income in Italy. The Optionee is exempt from the formalities in (i) if the investments are made through an authorized broker resident in Italy, as the broker is required to comply with the reporting obligation on behalf of the Optionee.

JAPAN

There are no country specific provisions.


KOREA

Exchange Control Information. If the Optionee remits funds out of Korea to pay the purchase price, the remittance of funds must be confirmed by a foreign exchange bank in Korea. The Optionee should submit the following supporting documents evidencing the nature of the remittance to the bank together with the confirmation application: (i) the Agreement; (ii) the Plan; and (iii) his or her certificate of employment. This confirmation is not necessary if the Optionee pays the purchase price through any form of payment whereby some or all of the shares purchased upon exercise of the Option are sold to pay the purchase price, because in this case there is no remittance of funds out of Korea.

If the Optionee realizes US$500,000 or more from the sale of shares, he or she must repatriate the proceeds to Korea within eighteen (18) months of the sale.

MALAYSIA

Malaysian Insider Trading Notification. The Optionee should be aware of the Malaysian insider-trading rules, which may impact his or her acquisition or disposal of shares or rights to shares under the Plan. Under the Malaysian insider-trading rules, the Optionee is prohibited from purchasing or selling shares ( e.g. , an Option, shares) when he or she is in possession of information which is not generally available and which he or she knows or should know will have a material effect on the price of shares once such information is generally available.

Director Notification Obligation. If the Optionee is a director of the Company’s Malaysian subsidiary, he or she is subject to certain notification requirements under the Malaysian Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Malaysian subsidiary in writing when the Optionee receives or disposes of an interest ( e.g. , Option, shares) in the Company or any related company. Such notifications must be made within 14 days of receiving or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company.

MEXICO

No Entitlement or Claims for Compensation. This provision supplements Section 9 of the Agreement:

By accepting the Options, the Optionee understands and agrees that any modification of the Plan or the Agreement or its termination shall not constitute a change or impairment of the terms and conditions of employment.

Policy Statement. The invitation the Company is making under the Plan is unilateral and discretionary and, therefore, the Company reserves the absolute right to amend it and discontinue it at any time without any liability.

The Company, with registered offices at One Bowerman Drive, Beaverton OR, 97005, U.S.A., is solely responsible for the administration of the Plan and participation in the Plan and, in the Optionee’s case, the acquisition of shares does not, in any way, establish an employment relationship between the Optionee and the Company since the Optionee is participating in the Plan on a wholly commercial basis and the sole employer is NIKE de Mexico S.A. de C.V., Ontario 1107, Col. Providencia, C.P. 44630, Guadalajara, Mexico, CP 44620, nor does it establish any rights between the Optionee and the Employer.


Plan Document Acknowledgment. By accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges that he or she has received copies of the Plan, has reviewed the Plan and the Agreement in their entirety and fully understands and accepts all provisions of the Plan and the Agreement.

In addition, by signing the Agreement, the Optionee further acknowledges that he or she has read and specifically and expressly approves the terms and conditions in paragraph 9 of the Agreement, in which the following is clearly described and established: (i) participation in the Plan does not constitute an acquired right; (ii) the Plan and participation in the Plan is offered by the Company on a wholly discretionary basis; (iii) participation in the Plan is voluntary; and (iv) the Company and its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates are not responsible for any decrease in the value of the shares underlying the Option.

Finally, the Optionee hereby declares that he or she does do not reserve any action or right to bring any claim against the Company for any compensation or damages as a result of participation in the Plan and therefore grants a full and broad release to the Employer and the Company and its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates with respect to any claim that may arise under the Plan.

Spanish Translation

Reconocimiento de la Ley Laboral. Estas disposiciones complementan el apartado 9 del Acuerdo:

Por medio de la aceptación de la Opción, quien tiene la opción manifiesta que entiende y acuerda que cualquier modificación del Plan o su terminación no constituye un cambio o desmejora en los términos y condiciones de empleo.

Declaración de Política. La invitación por parte de la Compañía bajo el Plan es unilateral y discrecional y, por lo tanto, la Compañía se reserva el derecho absoluto de modificar y discontinuar el mismo en cualquier momento, sin ninguna responsabilidad.

La Compañía, con oficinas registradas ubicadas en One Bowerman Drive, Beaverton OR, 97005, EE.UU., es la única responsable por la administración del Plan y de la participación en el mismo y, en el caso del que tiene la opción, la adquisición de acciones no establece de forma alguna, una relación de trabajo entre el que tiene la opción y la Compañía, ya que la participación en el Plan por parte del que tiene la opción es completamente comercial y el único patrón es NIKE de Mexico S.A. de C.V., Ontario 1107, Col. Providencia, C.P. 44630, Guadalajara, Mexico, CP 44620, así como tampoco establece ningún derecho entre el que tiene la opción y el patrón.

Reconocimiento del Plan de Documentos. Por medio de la aceptación de la Opción, el que tiene la opción reconoce que ha recibido copias del Plan, que el mismo ha sido revisado al igual que la totalidad del Acuerdo y, que ha entendido y aceptado las disposiciones contenidas en el Plan y en el Acuerdo.

Adicionalmente, al firmar el Acuerdo, el que tiene la opción reconoce que ha leído, y que aprueba específica y expresamente los términos y condiciones contenidos en el apartado 9 del Acuerdo, sección en la cual se encuentra claramente descrito y establecido lo siguiente: (i) la


participación en el Plan no constituye un derecho adquirido; (ii) el Plan y la participación en el mismo es ofrecida por la Compañía de forma enteramente discrecional; (iii) la participación en el Plan es voluntaria; y (iv) la Compañía, así como su sociedad controlante, subsidiaria or filiales no son responsables por cualquier detrimento en el valor de las acciones en relación con la Opción.

Finalmente, por medio de la presente quien tiene la opción declara que no se reserva ninguna acción o derecho para interponer una demanda en contra de la Compañía por compensación, daño o perjuicio alguno como resultado de la participación en el Plan y en consecuencia, otorga el más amplio finiquito a su patrón, así como a la Compañía, a su sociedad controlante, subsidiaria or filiales con respecto a cualquier demanda que pudiera originarse en virtud del Plan.

NETHERLANDS

Securities Law Information. The Optionee should be aware of the Dutch insider-trading rules, which may impact the sale of shares acquired at exercise of the Option. In particular, the Optionee may be prohibited from effectuating certain transactions if the Optionee has inside information about the Company.

By accepting the grant of the Option and participating in the Plan, the Optionee acknowledges having read and understood this Securities Law Information and further acknowledges that it is the Optionee’s responsibility to comply with the following Dutch insider trading rules.

Under Article 46 of the Act on the Supervision of the Securities Trade 1995, anyone who has “insider information” related to an issuing company is prohibited from effectuating a transaction in securities in or from the Netherlands. “Inside information” is defined as knowledge of details concerning the issuing company to which the securities relate that is not public and which, if published, would reasonably be expected to affect the stock price, regardless of the development of the price. The insider could be any employee of the Company or a subsidiary in the Netherlands who has inside information as described herein.

Given the broad scope of the definition of inside information, a Optionee working at a subsidiary or affiliate in the Netherlands may have inside information and, thus, would be prohibited from effectuating a transaction in securities in the Netherlands at a time when the Optionee had such inside information.

If the Optionee is uncertain whether the insider-trading rules apply to him or her, he or she should consult his or her personal legal advisor.

NEW ZEALAND

Securities Law Notification. The Optionee will receive the following documents (in addition to this Appendix) in connection with the Option grant:

 

  (i) an Agreement which sets forth the terms and conditions of the Option grant;


  (ii) a copy of the Company’s most recent annual report and most recent financial reports have been made available to enable the Optionee to make informed decisions concerning the Option; and

 

  (iii) a copy of a summary of the Plan (“Summary”) ( i.e. , the Company’s Form S-8 Plan Prospectus under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and the Company will provide any attachments or documents incorporated by reference into the Summary upon written request. The documents incorporated by reference into the Summary are updated periodically. Should the Optionee request copies of the documents incorporated by reference into the Summary, the Company will provide the Optionee with the most recent documents incorporated by reference.

NORWAY

No country-specific terms apply.

PHILIPPINES

Securities Law Information . Any future offer or sale of the securities acquired upon the Optionee’s exercise of the Option is subject to registration requirements under the Code unless such offer or sale qualifies as an exempt transaction.

POLAND

Exchange Control Information. If the Optionee transfers funds in excess of €15,000 into or out of Poland in connection with the purchase or sale of shares under the Plan, the funds must be transferred via a bank account. The Optionee is required to retain the documents connected with a foreign exchange transaction for a period of five (5) years, as measured from the end of the year in which such transaction occurred. If the Optionee holds shares acquired under the Plan and/or maintains a bank or brokerage account abroad, the Optionee will have reporting duties to the National Bank of Poland. The Optionee should consult with his or her personal legal advisor to determine what he or she must do to fulfill any applicable reporting duties.

PORTUGAL

Exchange Control Information. If the Optionee holds shares purchased at exercise, the acquisition of shares should be reported to the Banco de Portugal for statistical purposes. If the shares are deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, such bank or financial intermediary will submit the report on the Optionee’s behalf. If the shares are not deposited with a commercial bank or financial intermediary in Portugal, the Optionee is responsible for submitting the report to the Banco de Portugal.

RUSSIA

U.S. Transaction. The Optionee understands that the Option shall be valid and this Agreement shall be concluded and become effective only when the Agreement is electronically received by the Company in the United States. Upon exercise of the Option, any shares to be issued to the employee shall be delivered to the Optionee through a bank or brokerage account in the United States.


Securities Law Notification. This Appendix, the Agreement, the Plan and all other materials that the Optionee may receive regarding participation in the Plan do not constitute advertising or an offering of securities in Russia. The issuance of securities pursuant to the Plan has not and will not be registered in Russia; hence, the securities described in any Plan-related documents may not be used for offering or public circulation in Russia.

Exchange Control Information. In order to perform a cash exercise of the Option, the Optionee must remit the funds from a foreign currency account at an authorized bank in Russia. This requirement does not apply if the Optionee uses a cashless method of exercise, such that there is no remittance of funds out of Russia.

Under current exchange control regulations, within a reasonably short time after sale of the shares acquired under the Plan, the Optionee must repatriate the sale proceeds to Russia. Such sale proceeds must be initially credited to the Optionee through a foreign currency account at an authorized bank in Russia. After the sale proceeds are initially received in Russia, they may be further remitted to foreign banks in accordance with Russian exchange control laws. If the Optionee exercises his or her Options through a cashless sell-all method of exercise (whereby the Optionee instructs the broker to sell all of the shares issued upon exercise of his or her shares, use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any Tax-Related Items and remit the balance in cash to the Optionee), to the extent that the Optionee receives the exercise proceeds through the Optionee’s local payroll, the requirement to credit the proceeds through a Russian authorized bank will not apply to the Optionee.

The Optionee is encouraged to contact his or her personal advisor before remitting the Optionee’s sale proceeds to Russia as exchange control requirements may change.

SINGAPORE

Securities Law Notification . The Plan document has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the Plan and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of options may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the options be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to a qualifying person under Section 273(1)(f) of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “Act”) or (ii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Act.

Director Notification Obligation. If the Optionee is a director, associate director or shadow director of a Singapore subsidiary of the Company, the Optionee is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singaporean subsidiary in writing when the Optionee receives an interest ( e.g ., Option, shares) in the Company or any related companies. Please contact the Company to obtain a copy of the notification form. In addition, the Optionee must notify the Singapore subsidiary when the Optionee sells shares of the Company or any related company (including when the Optionee sell shares acquired under the Plans). These notifications must be made within two days of acquiring


or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company. In addition, a notification must be made of the Optionee’s interests in the Company or any related company within two days of becoming a director.

SOUTH AFRICA

Responsibility for Taxes. The following provision supplements Section 4 of the Agreement:

By accepting the Option, the Optionee agrees that, immediately upon exercise of the Option, he or she will notify the Employer of the amount of any gain realized. If the Optionee fails to advise the Employer of the gain realized upon exercise, he or she may be liable for a fine. The Optionee will be solely responsible for paying any difference between the actual tax liability and the amount withheld.

Tax Clearance Certificate for Cash Exercises. If the Optionee exercises the Option using a cash exercise method, the Optionee must obtain and provide to the Employer, or any third party designated by the Employer or the Company, a Tax Clearance Certificate (with respect to Foreign Investments) bearing the official stamp and signature of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Revenue Service (“SARS”). The Optionee must renew this Tax Clearance Certificate every twelve months, or such other period as may be required by the SARS. If the Optionee exercises by a cashless exercise method whereby no funds are remitted out of South Africa, no Tax Clearance Certificate is required.

Exchange Control Information. The Optionee should consult his or her personal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable exchange control regulations in South Africa; as such regulations are subject to frequent change. The Optionee is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in South Africa.

SPAIN

Nature of Grant. This provision supplements Section 9 of the Agreement:

In accepting the Option, the Optionee consents to participate in the Plan and acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan.

The Optionee understands that the Company has unilaterally, gratuitously and discretionally decided to grant stock options under the Plan to individuals who may be employees of the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate throughout the world. The decision is a limited decision that is entered into upon the express assumption and condition that any grant will not economically or otherwise bind the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate. Consequently, the Optionee understands that the Option is granted on the assumption and condition that the Option and any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are not part of any employment contract (either with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate) and shall not be considered a mandatory benefit, salary for any purposes (including severance compensation) or any other right whatsoever. In addition, the Optionee understands that the Option would not be granted to the Optionee but for the assumptions and conditions referred to herein; thus, the Optionee acknowledges and freely accepts that should any or all of the assumptions be mistaken or should any of the conditions not be met for any reason, then the grant of this Option shall be null and void.


Exchange Control Information. The Optionee must declare the acquisition of shares to the Dirección General de Politica Comercial y de Inversiones Extranjeras (the “DGPCIE”) of the Ministerio de Economia for statistical purposes. The Optionee must also declare ownership of any shares with the Directorate of Foreign Transactions each January while the shares are owned. In addition, if the Optionee wishes to import the ownership title of any shares ( i.e., share certificates) into Spain, he or she must declare the importation of such securities to the DGPCIE.

When receiving foreign currency payments derived from the ownership of shares ( i.e. , cash dividends or sale proceeds), the Optionee must inform the financial institution receiving the payment of the basis upon which such payment is made. The Optionee will need to provide the financial institution with the following information: (i) the Optionee’s name, address and fiscal identification number; (ii) the name and corporate domicile of the Company; (iii) the amount of the payment; (iv) the currency used; (v) the country of origin; (vi) the reasons for the payment; and (vii) additional information that may be required.

SWEDEN

There are no country specific provisions.

SWITZERLAND

Securities Law Information. The grant of Option under the Plan is considered a private offering in Switzerland and is, therefore, not subject to registration in Switzerland.

Method of Exercise . The following provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Due to regulatory requirements, the Optionee understands that the Optionee will be restricted to the cashless sell-all method of exercise. To complete a cashless sell-all exercise, the Optionee understands that the Optionee needs to instruct his or her broker to: (i) sell all of the shares issued upon exercise; (ii) use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any applicable Tax-Related Items; and (iii) remit the balance in cash to the Optionee. The Optionee will not be permitted to hold shares after exercise. Depending on the development of local laws or the Optionee’s country of residence, the Company reserves the right to modify the methods of exercising the Option and, in its sole discretion, to permit cash exercise, cashless sell-to cover exercise or any other method of exercise and payment of Tax-Related Items permitted under the Plan.

TAIWAN

There are no country specific provisions.


THAILAND

Exchange Control Information. If the Optionee remits funds out of Thailand to exercise his or her Option, it is the Optionee’s responsibility to comply with applicable exchange control laws. Under current exchange control regulations, Optionees may remit funds out of Thailand up to U.S.$1,000,000 per year to purchase shares (and otherwise invest in securities abroad) by submitting an application to an authorized agent, (i.e., a commercial bank authorized by the Bank of Thailand to engage in the purchase, exchange and withdrawal of foreign currency). The application includes the Foreign Exchange Transaction Form, a letter describing the Option, a copy of the Plan and related documents, and evidence showing the nexus between the Company and the Employer. If the Optionee uses a cashless method of exercise that does not involve remitting funds out of Thailand, this requirement does not apply.

When the Optionee sells shares issued at exercise, the Optionee must repatriate all cash proceeds to Thailand and then convert such proceeds to Thai Baht within 360 days of repatriation. If the amount of the Optionee’s proceeds is US$20,000 or more, the Optionee must specifically report the inward remittance to the Bank of Thailand on a foreign exchange transaction form. If the Optionee fails to comply with these obligations, the Optionee may be subject to penalties assessed by the Bank of Thailand.

The Optionee should consult his or her personal advisor prior to taking any action with respect to remittance of proceeds from the sale of shares into Thailand. The Optionee is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in Thailand.

TURKEY

Exchange Control Information. Exchange control regulations require Turkish residents to purchase securities through financial intermediary institutions that are approved under the Capital Market Law ( i.e. , banks licensed in Turkey). Therefore, if the Optionee exercises his or her Option using a cash exercise method, the funds must be remitted through a bank or other financial institution licensed in Turkey. A wire transfer of funds by a Turkish bank will satisfy this requirement. This requirement does not apply to a cashless exercise, as no funds are remitted out of Turkey.

UNITED KINGDOM

Tax Obligations. The following provisions supplement the Tax Obligations section of the Agreement:

The Optionee agrees that, if Optionee does not pay or the Employer or the Company does not withhold from the Optionee the full amount of Tax-Related Items that the Optionee owes at exercise of the Option, or the release or assignment of the Option for consideration, or the receipt of any other benefit in connection with the Option (the “Taxable Event”) within 90 days after the Taxable Event, or such other period specified in section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, then the amount that should have been withheld shall constitute a loan owed by the Optionee to the Employer, effective 90 days after the Taxable Event. The Optionee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the HMRC’s official rate and will be immediately due and repayable by the Optionee, and the Company and/or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by withholding the funds from salary, bonus or any other funds due to the Optionee by the Employer, by withholding in shares issued upon exercise of the Option or from the cash proceeds from the sale of shares or by demanding cash or a check from the Optionee. The Optionee also authorizes the Company to delay the issuance of any shares unless and until the loan is repaid in full.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee is an officer or executive director (as within the meaning of section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), the terms of the immediately foregoing provision will not apply. In the event that the Optionee is an officer or executive director and Tax-Related Items are not collected from or paid by the Optionee within 90 days of the Taxable Event, the amount of any uncollected Tax-Related Items may constitute a benefit to the Optionee on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions may be payable. The Optionee acknowledges that the Company or the Employer may recover any such additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Tax Obligations section of the Agreement, although the Optionee acknowledges that he/she ultimately will be responsible for reporting any income tax or National Insurance Contributions due on this additional benefit directly to the HMRC under the self-assessment regime.

URUGUAY

There are no country specific provisions.

VIETNAM

Method of Exercise . The following provision supplements Section 2 of the Agreement:

Due to regulatory requirements, the Optionee understands that the Optionee will be restricted to the cashless sell-all method of exercise. To complete a cashless sell-all exercise, the Optionee understands that the Optionee needs to instruct his or her broker to: (i) sell all of the shares issued upon exercise; (ii) use the proceeds to pay the purchase price, brokerage fees and any applicable Tax-Related Items; and (iii) remit the balance in cash to the Optionee. The Optionee will not be permitted to hold shares after exercise. Depending on the development of local laws or the Optionee’s country of residence, the Company reserves the right to modify the methods of exercising the Option and, in its sole discretion, to permit any other method of exercise and payment of Tax-Related Items permitted under the Plan.

Exchange Control Information. All cash proceeds from the sale of shares as described above must be immediately repatriated to Vietnam. Such repatriation of proceeds may need to be effectuated through a special exchange control account established by the Company or its subsidiary or affiliate, including the Employer. By accepting the Option, the Optionee consents and agrees that the cash proceeds may be transferred to such special account prior to being delivered to the Optionee.

EXHIBIT 10.7

NIKE, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009)


NIKE, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

January 1, 2009 Restatement

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

RECITALS

   1

ARTICLE I TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

   2

1.1       Title

   2

1.2       Definitions

   2

ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION

   9

2.1       Participation

   9

ARTICLE III DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

   9

3.1       Participant Elections to Defer Compensation

   9

3.2       Company or Participating Employer Contributions

   11

3.3       Investment Elections

   12

ARTICLE IV ACCOUNTS

   13

4.1       Participant Accounts

   13

ARTICLE V VESTING

   14

5.1       Compensation Deferrals

   14

5.2       Company or Participating Employer Contributions

   14

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS

   14

6.1       Separation from Service Due to Retirement or Death

   14

6.2       Separation from Service in Certain Circumstances

   17

6.3       Scheduled Withdrawals

   18

6.4       Unscheduled Withdrawals Due to Financial Emergency

   18

6.5       Change of Control

   19

6.6       Inability To Locate Participant

   19

ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION

   20

7.1       Retirement Committee

   20

7.2       Retirement Committee Action

   20

7.3       Powers and Duties of the Retirement Committee

   20

7.4       Trustee Duties

   22

7.5       Company Duties

   22

ARTICLE VIII CLAIMS PROCEDURE

   22

8.1       Submission of Claim

   22

8.2       Denial of Claim

   22

8.3       Review of Denied Claim

   22

8.4       Decision upon Review of Denied Claim

   22

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

   23

9.1       Unsecured General Creditor

   23

9.2       Restriction Against Assignment

   23

9.3       Withholding

   23

9.4       Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination

   23

9.5       Governing Law

   23

9.6       Entire Agreement

   23

9.7       Receipt or Release

   24

9.8       Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity

   24

9.9       No Employment Rights

   24

9.10     Headings Not Part of Agreement

   24

9.11     Tax Liabilities from Plan

   24

APPENDIX I

  

 

ii


RECITALS

Effective January 1, 1998, NIKE, Inc. (the “Company”) combined its Supplemental Executive Savings Plan and its Supplemental Executive Profit Sharing Plan into a single plan, which was renamed the NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Company subsequently amended and restated the Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000, January 1, 2003, and June 1, 2004.

On October 3, 2004, the U.S. Congress added Section 409A to the Internal Revenue Code when it enacted the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Among other things, Section 409A modified the tax rules applicable to non-qualified deferred compensation plans, such as the Plan.

Effective January 1, 2005, the Company adopted an interim amended and restated Plan to demonstrate good-faith compliance with Section 409A as interpreted in guidance issued by the Department of Treasury, including but not limited to Notice 2005-1. In April 2007, the Department of Treasury issued final regulations interpreting Section 409A. On November 1, 2007, the Company again amended and restated the Plan to substantially implement the final regulations and make certain other changes effective for amounts deferred on and after January 1, 2008.

Notice 2007-86 issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) requires the Plan to be amended by December 31, 2008 to be in full compliance with the final regulations under Section 409A effective as of January 1, 2009. Therefore, the Company is again amending and restating the Plan to bring the Plan into compliance with the regulations under Section 409A. This January 1, 2009 restatement of the Plan applies to deferral elections made or continued during the 2008 Annual Election Period ending no later than November 30, 2008 and during any Initial Election Period commencing on or after December 2, 2008, and shall not affect the validity of any deferral election filed during any prior Election Period pursuant to the Plan provisions in effect at such time. The time and form of payment of all amounts deferred under this Plan, whether before or after January 1, 2009, shall be governed by the terms of this January 1, 2009 restatement of the Plan, except that the prior Plan provisions on time and form of payment shall apply to any Participant whose Separation from Service occurs before October 23, 2008. Transition rules under the Plan in effect at various times between December 31, 2004 and January 1, 2009 as permitted pursuant to IRS guidance under Section 409A are set forth in Appendix I of this January 1, 2009 restatement of the Plan.

No amendment to the June 1, 2004 restatement of the Plan is made or intended for amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005. An amount is considered to be deferred after December 31, 2004 if:

 

   

the Participant first acquires a legally binding right to be paid the amount (determined without regard to any deferral election by the Participant) after December 31, 2004; or

 

   

the amount is still subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture after December 31, 2004.

 

1


Amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005, including earnings on such amounts, are subject to the rules of the June 1, 2004 restatement of the Plan.

In connection with the Plan, the Company has established an irrevocable trust (the “Trust”) with a trustee (the “Trustee”) pursuant to a trust agreement (the “Trust Agreement”). The Company and the Participating Employers intend to make contributions to the Trust so that such contributions will be held by the Trustee and invested, reinvested and distributed, all in accordance with the provisions of this Plan and the Trust Agreement. The amounts contributed to the Trust and the earnings thereon shall be used by the Trustee to satisfy the liabilities of the Company under the Plan. The Trust is a “grantor trust,” with the principal and income of the Trust treated as assets and income of the Company for federal and state income tax purposes.

The assets of the Trust shall at all times be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company as provided in the Trust Agreement.

The existence of the Trust shall not alter the characterization of the Plan as “unfunded” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and shall not be construed to provide income to Participants prior to actual payment of the vested accrued benefits under the Plan.

NOW THEREFORE, the Company does hereby adopt this amended and restated Plan as follows:

ARTICLE I

TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 Title . This Plan shall be known as the NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.2 Definitions . Whenever the following words and phrases are used in this Plan, with the first letter capitalized, they shall have the meanings specified below.

(a) “ 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan ” means the 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of NIKE, Inc.

(b) “ Account ” means for each Participant the bookkeeping account maintained by the Administrator that is credited with amounts equal to (1) the portion of the Participant’s Salary that he or she elects to defer, (2) the portion of the Participant’s Bonus that he or she elects to defer, (3) the portion of the Participant’s Fees that he or she elects to defer, (4) the portion of the Participant’s Long Term Incentive Payment that he or she elects to defer, (5) Company or Participating Employer contributions, if any, made to the Plan for the Participant’s benefit, and (6) adjustments to reflect deemed Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d).

(c) “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator appointed by the Retirement Committee pursuant to Section 7.3(a)(10) to handle day-to-day administration of the Plan and perform such other duties as shall be delegated by the Retirement Committee.

 

2


(d) “ Annual Election Period ” means the period designated each year during which Participants submit their elections to defer Compensation. Unless modified by the Retirement Committee, an Annual Election Period shall end not later than November 30 of each year. For administrative convenience, a portion of each Annual Election Period may be designated as the open enrollment period; during the portion of each Annual Election Period after expiration of the open enrollment period, the ability of Participants to make or change elections may be limited, and the Administrator shall have discretion to accept or reject any elections or changes that are submitted.

(e) “ Beneficiary ” or “ Beneficiaries ” means the beneficiary last designated in writing by a Participant, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, to receive the benefits specified hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death. No Beneficiary designation shall become effective until it is filed with the Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime.

(f) “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “ Bonus ” means incentive compensation payable under the Company’s Performance Sharing Plan (PSP) or a similar annual incentive compensation plan maintained by a Participating Employer.

(h) “ Change of Control ” means any of the following with respect to the Company for all Participants, and also with respect to a Participating Employer for any Participant employed by or engaged as a Consultant to the Participating Employer at the time of the Change of Control:

(1) The date on which any person or group of persons, within the meaning of the final regulations under Code Section 409A, becomes the owner of fifty percent or more of the total fair market value of the Company’s Class A and Class B common stock or a Participating Employer’s common stock, or fifty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s or Participating Employer’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally.

(2) The date on which any person or group of persons, within the meaning of the final regulations under Code Section 409A, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) forty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s or Participating Employer’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally.

(3) The date on which a person or group of persons, within the meaning of the final regulations under Code Section 409A, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition) assets of the Company or a Participating Employer equal to or greater than ninety percent of the total gross fair market value of all or substantially all of the Company’s or Participating Employer’s assets. A transfer of assets is not treated as a Change of Control if the assets are transferred to:

(A) a Company or Participating Employer shareholder (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock;

 

3


(B) an entity, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or Participating Employer;

(C) a person, or more than one person acting as a group, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total value or voting power of the outstanding stock of the Company or Participating Employer;

(D) an entity, at least 50 percent of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a person described in paragraph (C).

(i) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(j) “ Company ” means NIKE, Inc. and any successor corporation to NIKE, Inc.

(k) “ Compensation ” means the Salary, Bonus, Fees, and Long Term Incentive Payments that an Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant earns for services rendered to the Company or a Participating Employer.

(l) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor but excluding anyone who is an Employee or a Director, engaged by the Company or a Participating Employer to render services to the Company or a Participating Employer and designated by the Retirement Committee as eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that any such designation shall not become effective until the eleventh day after the Company notifies the Administrator that such person has been so designated. The Company shall promptly notify the Administrator of any such designation.

(m) “ Director ” means a non-Employee member of the Board; provided, however, that a new member of the Board shall not become a Director eligible to participate in the Plan until the eleventh day after the Company notifies the Administrator that such person has become a member of the Board. The Company shall promptly notify the Administrator when a person becomes a member of the Board.

(n) “ Discretionary Contribution ”, “ Ongoing Discretionary Contribution ” and “ Other Discretionary Contribution ” are defined in Section 3.2(c).

(o) “ Election Period ” means the period designated under this Plan when Participants submit their elections to defer Compensation. The term Election Period includes the Initial Election Period and any Annual Election Period.

(p) “ Eligible Employee ” means any Employee who has a base salary of at least $150,000; provided, however, that an Employee whose initial base salary is at least $150,000 or an Employee whose base salary is increased to at least $150,000 shall not become an Eligible Employee until the eleventh day after the Company notifies the Administrator that the Employee has a base salary of at least $150,000. The Company shall promptly notify the Administrator of any Employee whose salary is at least $150,000.

 

4


(q) “ Employee ” means a common law employee of the Company or a Participating Employer performing services regularly in the United States or, if not performing services regularly in the United States, a common law employee of the Company or Participating Employer who is on U.S. payroll and participating in a Company-sponsored Global Transfer Program.

(r) “ Fees ” means (1) in the case of Directors, amounts paid by the Company in the form of annual cash fees, including retainer fees, and fees paid for attendance at meetings of the Board and Board committees, and (2) in the case of a Consultant, the cash fees paid to such individual for services rendered to the Company.

(s) “ Fund ” or “ Funds ” means one or more of the investment funds selected by the Retirement Committee pursuant to Section 3.3.

(t) “ Initial Election Period ” means the 30-day period commencing with the date an individual becomes an Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant.

(u) “ Investment Return ” means, for each Fund, an amount equal to the pre-tax rate of gain or loss on the assets of such Fund (net of applicable fund and investment charges) from one Valuation Date to the immediately following Valuation Date.

(v) “ Long Term Incentive Payment ” means:

(1) an amount payable to an Eligible Employee under the Long Term Incentive Plan;

(2) an amount payable to an Eligible Employee under a plan or program established by a Participating Employer, and approved by the Company, to provide incentives to Employees of the Participating Employer to attain specified performance targets over a multi-year period;

(3) an amount payable under the NIKE, Inc. 1990 Stock Incentive Plan pursuant to an award with terms similar to awards made under the Long Term Incentive Plan; and

(4) an amount payable to an Eligible Employee under an award for a performance period (generally referred to as a Mid Plan Grant), where the Eligible Employee had previously received an award for that performance period on the same terms under the Long Term Incentive Plan or similar plan or program of a Participating Employer, and the additional award is made in recognition of the Eligible Employee’s promotion.

(w) “ Long Term Incentive Plan ” means the Long Term Incentive Plan of NIKE, Inc., as amended from time to time.

 

5


(x) “ Participant ” means any Consultant, Director or Eligible Employee who elects to defer Compensation in accordance with Section 3.1 and any Employee who is credited with a Company or Participating Employer contribution in accordance with Section 3.2, and shall continue to include any person who ceases to be a Consultant, Director, Eligible Employee or Employee for as long as such person has a balance in his or her Account.

(y) “ Participating Employer ” means an entity directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or in which the Company has a significant equity or investment interest, which the Retirement Committee or any subcommittee thereof has designated as a Participating Employer in this Plan.

(z) “ Payment Commencement Date ” means:

(1) Except as provided in (2) or (3) below, a date within 90 days after the last day of the calendar quarter containing the Participant’s Separation from Service, provided that the Participant may not designate the date within this 90-day period when payment shall be made.

(2) Except as provided in (3) below, if the Participant is a Specified Employee on the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (for a reason other than death), the Payment Commencement Date shall be a date determined by the Company not earlier than six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service.

(3) If the Participant elects to change the form of payment with respect to any amount deferred under the Plan in accordance with Section 6.1(b)(4), the Payment Commencement Date applicable to such amount (other than in the case of a Separation from Service due to death) shall be five years after the date specified in (1) or (2) above, as applicable, and if the Participant elects to change the form of payment for a second or third time with respect to any amount deferred under the Plan in accordance with Section 6.1(b)(4), the Payment Commencement Date applicable to such amount (other than in the case of death) shall be delayed another five years for each such change.

(aa) “ Plan ” means the NIKE, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan set forth herein, now in effect, or as amended from time to time.

(bb) “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

(cc) “ Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution ” is defined in Section 3.2(b).

(dd) “ Retirement ” means the Participant’s Separation from Service if at the time thereof the Participant has attained at least age 35 and has completed at least sixty (60) whole months of Service.

(ee) “ Retirement Committee ” means the Retirement Committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article VII. Unless specified otherwise by the Board, the “Retirement Committee” shall mean the Retirement Committee established under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.

 

6


(ff) “ Salary ” for any Plan Year means the base salary paid to an Eligible Employee for all pay periods that end during the Plan Year. Salary excludes any other form of compensation such as restricted stock, proceeds from stock options or stock appreciation rights, severance payments, moving expenses, car or other special allowance, adjustments for overseas employment, or any other amounts included in an Eligible Employee’s taxable income that is not compensation for services. Deferral elections shall be computed before taking into account any reduction in taxable income by salary reduction under Code Sections 125 or 401(k), or under this Plan.

(gg) “ Scheduled Withdrawal ” and “Scheduled Withdrawal Date” are defined in Section 6.3(a).

(hh) “ Separation from Service ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h), except that the definition of Separation from Service in the foregoing regulation for an Employee shall be modified by substituting “45 percent” for “20 percent” with the effect that a Separation from Service shall occur on a date if the level of services to be provided by the Employee to the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries after that date is reasonably anticipated to be permanently reduced to less than 45 percent of the average level of bona fide services provided by the Employee to the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries during the immediately preceding period of 36 consecutive months.

(ii) “ Service ” means performance of services for the Company (including any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a significant equity or investment interest, as determined by the Company for purposes of this Plan) or a Participating Employer as an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(jj) “ Specified Employee ” during any twelve-month period from April 1 through March 31 of the following year (an “Effective Period”) means:

(1) any Participant who, at any time during the last calendar year ending prior to the beginning of the Effective Period, (A) held a position of Vice President or higher of the Company, (B) was the chief executive officer of any Participating Employer that had consolidated revenues of more than $100 million during such calendar year, or (C) was an employee reporting directly to any such chief executive officer and holding a position of Vice President or higher of the Participating Employer; and

(2) any other Participant who, at any time during the last calendar year ending prior to the beginning of the Effective Period, was a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding Section 416(i)(5) of the Code), specifically including any Participant who was an officer of the Company or any

 

7


subsidiary of the Company at any time during such calendar year and whose compensation received during such calendar year results in the Participant being one of the 50 highest-compensated persons for the year in the group of all such officers. For purposes of this Section 1.2(jj) only, “compensation” shall mean compensation as defined in the safe harbor set forth in Treasury Regulations §1.415(c)-2(d)(2), and therefore shall generally include (without limiting the detailed terms set forth in the referenced regulation) all wages and other amounts received for services to the Company and its subsidiaries including any amounts deferred under any 401(k), cafeteria or transportation fringe plan and any amounts received on account of an overseas assignment, but specifically excluding any compensation received on exercise of a stock option or vesting of restricted stock and any reimbursement of moving expenses.

(kk) “ Trust ”, “ Trustee ” and “ Trust Agreement ” are defined in the Recitals.

(ll) “ Unscheduled Withdrawal ” is defined in Section 6.4(a).

(mm) “ Valuation Date ” means each date on which Accounts are valued.

For purposes of adjusting each Participant’s Account balance for Investment Returns under Section 4.1(d), the Valuation Date means each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

For purposes of Unscheduled Withdrawals, the Valuation Date means the date the Retirement Committee or any subcommittee thereof approves a request for an Unscheduled Withdrawal.

For purposes of a Scheduled Withdrawal, the Valuation Date means a day selected by the Company in its sole discretion for administrative practicality that falls within 30 days prior to the date of payment of the Scheduled Withdrawal.

For purposes of calculating lump sum payments under Section 6.1 or 6.2, the Valuation Date means a day selected by the Company in its sole discretion for administrative practicality that falls within 30 days prior to the payment date.

For purposes of calculating the dollar amount of a quarterly installment payment, the Valuation Date means a day selected by the Company in its sole discretion for administrative practicality that falls within 30 days prior to the date of the quarterly payment.

Any valuation under this Plan shall be based on the closing market prices of the investment Funds on the applicable Valuation Date or, if the Valuation Date is not a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, the preceding such trading day.

Payment amounts and deductions from Accounts are based on asset values as of the Valuation Date even though actual payments to the Participant will be delayed for an administratively reasonable period of time to allow for processing and reporting of payments and withholding of applicable taxes.

 

8


ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

2.1 Participation . An Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant shall become a Participant in the Plan by electing to defer a portion of his or her Compensation in accordance with Section 3.1. An Employee shall also become a Participant in the Plan by having a Company or Participating Employer contribution credited to him or her in accordance with Section 3.2.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

3.1 Participant Elections to Defer Compensation

(a) Initial Eligibility . Each Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant may elect to defer Salary or Fees by filing an election with the Administrator that conforms to the requirements of this Section 3.1, in a form provided by the Administrator, no later than the last day of his or her Initial Election Period. An election to defer Salary or Fees made during an Initial Election Period shall be irrevocable following completion of the Initial Election Period and shall be effective as to Salary and Fees earned during the remainder of the current Plan Year beginning with the first pay period beginning after the Initial Election Period.

(b) Automatic Continuation of Deferral Elections . A Compensation deferral election made under this Section 3.1 shall remain in effect, notwithstanding any change in the Participant’s Compensation, until modified or terminated at a subsequent Annual Election Period or as otherwise provided herein.

(c) Deferral Elections After Initial Election Period

(1) Annual Election Period . An Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant may elect to defer Compensation, or may modify or terminate a previous deferral election, by filing an election with the Administrator, in a form provided by the Administrator, during an Annual Election Period.

(2) Salary and Fees . A deferral election with respect to Salary or Fees made or continued during an Annual Election Period shall apply to Salary and Fees payable for services performed during the Plan Year following the Annual Election Period.

(3) Bonus . A deferral election with respect to Bonus made or continued during an Annual Election Period shall apply to Bonus payable in respect of the fiscal year commencing during the Plan Year following the Annual Election Period.

 

9


(4) Long Term Incentive Payments . Long Term Incentive Payments generally are made in August of each year, based on actual financial performance compared against targets established by the Company or Participating Employer for a period of more than one fiscal year. The performance period is the time period specified in the agreement covering the award over which the performance of the Company or Participating Employer is measured to determine the amount of the Long Term Incentive Payment. A deferral election with respect to Long Term Incentive Payments made or continued during an Annual Election Period shall apply to Long Term Incentive Payments payable in respect of performance periods commencing during the Plan Year following the Annual Election Period. If a Long Term Incentive Payment is payable in either cash or Company stock, an election to defer the Long Term Incentive Payment shall be deemed to be an irrevocable agreement to receive the Long Term Incentive Payment in the form of cash and not as Company stock.

(5) Irrevocability . Any deferral election that is made or continued during an Annual Election Period shall be irrevocable following completion of the Annual Election Period with respect to the Compensation to which the deferral election applies.

(d) Amount of Deferral . The amount of Compensation that an Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant may elect to defer is as follows:

(1) Any whole percentage of Salary up to 100%;

(2) Any whole percentage of Bonus up to 100%;

(3) Any whole percentage of Fees up to 100%; and

(4) Any whole percentage of Long Term Incentive Payments up to 100%;

provided, however, that no election under this Section 3.1 shall be effective to reduce the Compensation paid to an Eligible Employee to an amount that is less than the total amount necessary (i) to satisfy any required withholding of applicable employment taxes (e.g., FICA contributions) payable with respect to amounts deferred hereunder, (ii) to satisfy any withholding obligations under a cafeteria plan as defined in Section 125(d) of the Code, and (iii) to satisfy any resulting income tax withholding required with respect to Compensation that cannot be deferred.

(e) Suspension or Termination of Deferrals

(1) Unscheduled Withdrawals under Old Plan . If a Participant receives an unscheduled in-service withdrawal (with 10 percent forfeiture) under the June 1, 2004 restatement of the Plan, all deferral elections of the Participant under this Plan that are then irrevocable shall remain in effect, but the Participant shall be prohibited from making or continuing any deferral elections during the next two Annual Election Periods following receipt of the unscheduled in-service withdrawal.

 

10


(2) Hardship Withdrawal under 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan . If a Participant receives a hardship withdrawal under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (or a Participating Employer’s qualified plan):

(A) all of the Participant’s deferral elections under this Plan shall be prospectively canceled so that no additional Compensation shall be deferred under those deferral elections after the date of the hardship withdrawal, and

(B) if the hardship withdrawal is received in any Plan Year after June 30 of that Plan Year, the Participant shall be ineligible to make any deferral election during the Annual Election Period occurring during that Plan Year.

(3) Loss of Eligibility . If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant, all deferral elections of the Participant under this Plan that are then irrevocable shall remain in effect, but the Participant shall be ineligible to make or continue deferral elections during subsequent Annual Election Periods unless and until the Participant re-establishes eligibility as an Eligible Employee, Director or Consultant.

3.2 Company or Participating Employer Contributions

(a) Profit Sharing Eligibility . An Employee who qualifies for a profit sharing contribution for a fiscal year under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (or a Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan, if applicable) shall be eligible for a Company or Participating Employer contribution under Section 3.2(b) for such fiscal year if he or she either (1) made a deferral election under Section 3.1 that resulted in the deferral of any Salary or Bonus otherwise payable during such fiscal year, or (2) receives compensation (as defined under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or a Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan, if applicable) during such fiscal year exceeding the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit (as indexed, $225,000 for fiscal 2008), or both.

(b) Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution . An Employee who is eligible under Section 3.2(a) for any fiscal year shall be credited with a “Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution” for such fiscal year. The “Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution” shall be equal to the amount determined by multiplying (1) the percentage applied to eligible compensation in calculating the profit sharing contribution under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or applicable Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan for the fiscal year, by (2) the amount determined by subtracting the Employee’s eligible compensation used to calculate his or her profit sharing contribution under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or applicable Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan from the Employee’s compensation (as defined under the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or applicable Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan) received during such fiscal year determined (A) before any reduction for deferral of Salary or Bonus under this Plan and (B) without regard to the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit.

 

11


(c) Discretionary Contributions . In addition to contributions in accordance with Section 3.2(b), the Company or a Participating Employer may, in its sole discretion, make discretionary contributions (“Discretionary Contributions”) to the Accounts of one or more Employees, Directors or Consultants at such times, in such amounts, and subject to such vesting schedules, if any, as the Board, the Participating Employer or the Retirement Committee may determine. If the Company or a Participating Employer agrees to make a Discretionary Contribution to the Account of an Employee at a future date, and either (1) such agreement is made before the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, or (2) the Employee is required to remain employed through the end of a fiscal year to receive the Discretionary Contribution and the agreement is made before the Annual Election Period preceding the commencement of that fiscal year, the Discretionary Contribution shall be considered an “Ongoing Discretionary Contribution” for which the form of payment on Retirement or death shall be determined under Section 6.1. On or prior to the date (the “Grant Date”) that the Company or Participating Employer makes or enters into a binding agreement to make any Discretionary Contribution that is not an Ongoing Discretionary Contribution (an “Other Discretionary Contribution”), the Company or Participating Employer must specify the form of payment (lump sum or installments) of the Other Discretionary Contribution upon Retirement or death; provided, however, that if the Other Discretionary Contribution will not be vested for at least 13 months after the Grant Date, the Participant may be given a 30-day period following the Grant Date in which the Participant may elect the form of payment for such Other Discretionary Contribution. Payments of Other Discretionary Contributions (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)) shall be made or commenced on the Payment Commencement Date. The Participant may elect an alternate form of payment (listed in Section 6.1(b)) for Other Discretionary Contributions under the procedures set forth in Section 6.1(b)(4). If an Other Discretionary Contribution becomes payable under Section 6.2(a) due to the Participant’s Separation from Service for a reason other than Retirement or death, the Other Discretionary Contribution (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)) shall be paid in a single lump sum on the Payment Commencement Date.

3.3 Investment Elections

(a) Hypothetical Investment Funds . The Retirement Committee may, in its discretion, provide each Participant with a list of investment Funds available for hypothetical investment, and the Participant may designate, in a manner specified by the Retirement Committee, one or more Funds in which his or her Account will be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings to be credited to that Account. The Retirement Committee may, from time to time, in its sole discretion select a commercially available fund to substitute for the Fund actually selected. The Investment Return of each such commercially available fund shall be used to determine the amount of earnings or losses to be credited to Participants’ Accounts under Section 4.1(d).

(b) Deemed Investment Elections . In making the designation pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Participant may specify that all or any 1% multiple of his or her Account be deemed to be invested in one or more of the Funds offered by the Retirement

 

12


Committee. Subject to such limitations and conditions as the Retirement Committee may specify, a Participant may change the designation made under this Section 3.3 in such manner and at such time or times as the Retirement Committee shall specify. If a Participant fails to elect a Fund under this Section 3.3, or if the Retirement Committee shall not provide Participants with a list of Funds pursuant to this Section 3.3, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a money market fund.

(c) No Company Obligation . The Company may, but need not, acquire investments corresponding to those designated by the Participants hereunder, and it is not under any obligation to maintain any investment it may make. Any such investments, if made, shall be in the name of the Company, and shall be its sole property in which no Participant shall have any interest.

ARTICLE IV

ACCOUNTS

4.1 Participant Accounts .

The Administrator shall establish and maintain an Account for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant’s Account shall be divided into separate subaccounts for deferred amounts that are subject to different form of payment or Scheduled Withdrawal elections under Sections 6.1 or 6.3 or different Payment Commencement Dates, and shall be further divided into separate subaccounts (“investment fund subaccounts”), corresponding to investment Funds selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.3 or as otherwise determined by the Administrator to be necessary or appropriate for proper Plan administration. A Participant’s Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) Salary and Fees Deferrals . As soon as practicable following the end of each applicable pay period, the Administrator shall credit the investment fund subaccounts of the Participant’s Account with an amount equal to Salary or Fees deferred by the Participant during such pay period in accordance with the Participant’s election; that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Salary or Fees that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment Fund shall be credited to the investment fund subaccount corresponding to that investment Fund.

(b) Bonus and Long Term Incentive Payment Deferrals . As soon as practicable after each Bonus or Long Term Incentive Payment would have been paid to the Participant, the Administrator shall credit the investment fund subaccounts of the Participant’s Account with an amount equal to the portion of the Bonus or Long Term Incentive Payment deferred by the Participant’s election; that is, the portion of the Participant’s deferred Bonus or Long Term Incentive Payment that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment Fund shall be credited to the investment fund subaccount corresponding to that investment Fund.

(c) Company or Participating Employer Contribution . As soon as practicable after the amount of any Company or Participating Employer contribution to any Participant is determined or such future date as may be determined for a Discretionary Contribution, the Administrator shall credit the investment fund subaccounts of the Participant’s

 

13


Account with an amount equal to the portion, if any, of any Company or Participating Employer contribution made to or for the Participant’s benefit in accordance with Section 3.2; that is, the portion of the Participant’s Company or Participating Employer contribution, if any, that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment Fund shall be credited to the investment fund subaccount corresponding to that investment Fund.

(d) Investment Returns . On each Valuation Date, each investment fund subaccount of a Participant’s Account shall be adjusted for deemed Investment Returns in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such investment fund subaccount as of the preceding Valuation Date by the Investment Return for the corresponding Fund selected by the Company.

ARTICLE V

VESTING

5.1 Compensation Deferrals . A Participant’s Account attributable to Compensation deferred by a Participant pursuant to the terms of this Plan, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant Section 4.1(d) with respect to such deferrals, shall be 100 percent vested at all times.

5.2 Company or Participating Employer Contributions . Unless specified otherwise by the Board, a Participating Employer or the Retirement Committee, the value of a Participant’s Account attributable to any Company or Participating Employer contributions pursuant to Section 3.2, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant Section 4.1(d) with respect to such amounts, shall be vested in the same proportion as the profit-sharing contributions made to the Participant’s account in the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan or in the Participating Employer’s qualified retirement plan for the corresponding fiscal year. Any unvested portion of a Participant’s Account at the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service shall be forfeited.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Separation from Service Due to Retirement or Death

(a) Distribution Event . If a Participant has a Separation from Service as a result of Retirement or death, amounts in the Participant’s Account at that time attributable to deferrals of Compensation and to Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Ongoing Discretionary Contributions, each as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d), shall be paid in the form or forms specified in Section 6.1(b). Upon Retirement or death, vested amounts in the Participant’s Account attributable to Other Discretionary Contributions shall be paid as provided in Section 3.2.

 

14


(b) Form of Payment

(1) Default Form of Payment . Upon Retirement or death, payment of the amounts in the Participant’s Account attributable to deferrals of Compensation and to Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Ongoing Discretionary Contributions, each as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d), will be made to the Participant (and after his or her death to his or her Beneficiary) in quarterly installments over 10 years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Commencement Date. One quarterly installment shall be paid during each of the calendar quarters of each Plan Year. A calendar quarter means the three-month period ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. The Participant’s Account value shall continue to be adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of the Plan through the Valuation Date for any payment. The Participant may change the foregoing default form of payment only in accordance with Section 6.1(b)(2) or Section 6.1(b)(4). For all Election Periods that commenced prior to October 23, 2008, the default form of payment was quarterly installments over 15 years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Commencement Date.

(2) Optional Forms of Payment . In lieu of quarterly installments over 10 years upon Retirement or death, a Participant may elect a single cash lump sum payment on the Participant’s Payment Commencement Date or quarterly installments over five or 15 years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Commencement Date. The optional form of payment election must be made or continued as part of the Participant’s election to defer Compensation during an Election Period and will apply to the entire amount of Compensation deferred pursuant to the deferral election made or continued during that Election Period, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d). An optional form of payment election made or continued by a Participant during any Annual Election Period (including an optional form of payment election made in conjunction with a Scheduled Withdrawal election under Section 6.3(e)) shall also apply to the Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution, if any, and the Ongoing Discretionary Contribution, if any, credited to the Participant’s Account with respect to the first fiscal year commencing after such Annual Election Period, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d). An optional form of payment election made during a Participant’s Initial Election Period (including an optional form of payment election made in conjunction with a Scheduled Withdrawal election under Section 6.3(e)) shall also apply to the Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution, if any, and the Ongoing Discretionary Contribution, if any, credited to the Participant’s Account with respect to any fiscal year commencing prior to the first Annual Election Period in which the Participant has the opportunity to participate, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d); provided, however, that if the Participant’s Account had been credited with any Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution or Discretionary Contribution prior to such Initial Election Period, the form of payment election made during the Initial Election Period shall only apply to the Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution, if any, and the Ongoing Discretionary Contribution, if any, credited to the Participant’s Account with respect to any such fiscal year commencing after such Initial Election Period. An Eligible Employee who does not elect to defer Compensation during an Election Period may make or continue an optional form of payment election during that Election Period that will apply to the Profit

 

15


Sharing Make Up Contributions, if any, and the Ongoing Discretionary Contributions, if any, credited with respect to fiscal years as specified in the two preceding sentences, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d). A separate optional form of payment (including quarterly installments over 10 years) may be elected at each Election Period during the Participant’s participation in the Plan. If the Participant fails to elect an optional form of payment at any given Election Period, then the optional form of payment election made or continued in the most recent preceding Election Period shall apply, and if no such optional form of payment election shall have been made the default form of payment shall apply. After the Election Period ends in which an optional form of payment election has been made or continued, the Participant can change the optional form of payment only in accordance with Section 6.1(b)(4).

(3) Amount of Quarterly Installments . The amount of each quarterly installment paid under each applicable form of payment shall be determined by dividing the subaccount balance subject to that form of payment by the remaining number of quarterly installment payments. For example, if the form of payment for a portion of a Participant’s Account is quarterly installments over 15 years, the first payment is determined by dividing the applicable subaccount balance as of the Valuation Date by 60, the second payment is determined by dividing the subaccount balance as of the next Valuation Date by 59, and so on until all installments have been paid.

(4) Change in Form of Payment . After the Election Period ends in which a Participant makes or continues a deferral election applicable to any Compensation or has the opportunity to make or continue an optional form of payment election applicable to any Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution or Ongoing Discretionary Contribution, the Participant may change the form of payment upon Retirement or death for all such Compensation irrevocably deferred during that Election Period and for the Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution or Ongoing Discretionary Contribution covered by the form of payment applicable to that Election Period to any other form of payment permitted under this Section 6.1(b), provided that:

(A) the Participant’s change in payment election is filed with the Administrator, in a form provided by the Administrator, at least twelve months prior to the Payment Commencement Date applicable to such amounts and before the Participant’s Separation from Service;

(B) the Payment Commencement Date for payments in respect of any amounts covered by such change in payment election, as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d), shall be five years after the Payment Commencement Date applicable to such amounts prior to such change, except that a Participant’s original undelayed Payment Commencement Date (as determined under Section 1.2(z)(1)) shall always apply in the case of a Participant’s Separation from Service as a result of death;

 

16


(C) the form of payment for any amount may only be changed three times under this Section 6.1(b)(4); and

(D) the option of selecting quarterly installments over 15 years shall not be available for any change in payment election under this Section 6.1(b)(4), the option of selecting quarterly installments over 10 years shall not be available for the second or third change in payment election under this Section 6.1(b)(4) with respect to any amount, and the option of selecting quarterly installments over 5 years shall not be available for the third change in payment election under this Section 6.1(b)(4) with respect to any amount.

A Participant may also change the form of payment applicable to any amounts in his or her Account attributable to Other Discretionary Contributions to any other form of payment permitted under this Section 6.1(b) if the above requirements of this Section 6.1(b)(4) are complied with. For purposes of this Section 6.1(b)(4), the Payment Commencement Date is the first day of the 90-day period during which the initial payment following Separation from Service may be made under the terms of this Plan.

(5) Death While Receiving Benefits . If the Participant is in pay status at the time of death, the Beneficiary shall be paid the remaining quarterly installments as they come due.

6.2 Separation from Service in Certain Circumstances

(a) Separation from Service For Reasons Other Than Retirement or Death . In the case of a Participant who has a Separation from Service for any reason other than Retirement or death, the Participant’s optional form of payment elections shall be disregarded, and the total vested balance in each subaccount of the Participant’s Account (including vested amounts attributable to Company and Participating Employer contributions under Section 3.2) shall be paid to the Participant in the form of a single cash lump sum payment on the Payment Commencement Date applicable to that subaccount (after giving effect to any five-year delays of any such Payment Commencement Dates required under Section 6.1(b)(4)(B)).

(b) Small Benefit Amounts . Notwithstanding the foregoing distribution provisions of Section 6.1 and Section 6.2(a), if the Participant’s total vested Account balance (including vested amounts attributable to Company and Participating Employer contributions under Section 3.2) is less than or equal to the dollar limit under Code Section 402(g) for the calendar year in which the Separation from Service occurs ($15,500 for 2008), the Participant’s total vested Account balance shall be paid to the Participant in the form of a single cash lump sum payment on a date within 90 days after the last day of the calendar quarter containing the Participant’s Separation from Service, provided that the Participant may not designate the date within this 90-day period when payment shall be made.

 

17


6.3 Scheduled Withdrawals

(a) Timing . During any Election Period, a Participant may, as part of his or her election to defer Compensation, schedule an early withdrawal (a “Scheduled Withdrawal”) for all of his or her Compensation deferred pursuant to the deferral election made during the Election Period. Amounts attributable to Company or Participating Employer contributions described in Section 3.2, if any, shall not be eligible for Scheduled Withdrawals. A Participant’s Scheduled Withdrawal election must specify a calendar year at least four years after the year in which the election is received by the Company, and the first day of that year shall be the “Scheduled Withdrawal Date.” If a Scheduled Withdrawal Date is before the date a Long Term Incentive Payment is otherwise payable according to its terms, the deferral election shall not apply to that Long Term Incentive Payment.

(b) Amount Distributable . The amount payable to a Participant in connection with a Scheduled Withdrawal shall in all cases be 100 percent of the Compensation deferred pursuant to the deferral election that included the Participant’s Scheduled Withdrawal election, as adjusted for Investment Returns on such deferred Compensation pursuant to Section 4.1(d), determined as of the Valuation Date.

(c) Postponement . A Participant may, at least one year prior to a Scheduled Withdrawal Date, revoke his or her Scheduled Withdrawal election in favor of a later Scheduled Withdrawal Date that is at least five years later, provided that a Participant may not postpone a Scheduled Withdrawal more than twice.

(d) Form . Payment of a Scheduled Withdrawal shall be made in a single lump sum within 90 days after the Scheduled Withdrawal Date, provided that the Participant may not designate when the payment will be made within this 90-day period.

(e) Effect of Separation from Service . A Participant’s Scheduled Withdrawal election shall become void and of no effect upon the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason before the Participant’s Scheduled Withdrawal Date. In such event, the distribution provisions of Section 6.1 or 6.2 (as applicable) shall apply. Any deferral election that includes a Scheduled Withdrawal election may also include an election for an optional form of payment under Section 6.1 that shall apply in this event, and if no such election is made, the form of payment applicable in the most recent preceding Election Period shall apply.

6.4 Unscheduled Withdrawals Due to Financial Emergency

(a) Standard . Participants may request a withdrawal of amounts attributable to deferrals of Compensation prior to the time such amounts would otherwise be distributed under this Plan (an “Unscheduled Withdrawal”) only upon demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Retirement Committee or any subcommittee thereof that the Participant has experienced an unforeseeable financial emergency. For purposes of this section, an unforeseeable financial emergency means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s

 

18


spouse, the Participant’s tax dependent(s) or the Participant’s Beneficiary, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control. Amounts attributable to Company or Participating Employer contributions described in Section 3.2, if any, shall not be eligible for Unscheduled Withdrawals.

(b) Procedure . The request to take an Unscheduled Withdrawal shall be made by submitting a written request including information supporting the request to the Retirement Committee. Upon receiving an Unscheduled Withdrawal request, the Retirement Committee or any subcommittee thereof shall determine, in its discretion as applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, whether to permit any such Unscheduled Withdrawal and the amount, if any, to be withdrawn.

(c) Amount . The amount distributed for an Unscheduled Withdrawal shall be limited to the amount necessary to satisfy the financial emergency, plus an amount necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the financial emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets.

(d) Partial Unscheduled Withdrawals . An Unscheduled Withdrawal pursuant to this Section 6.4 of less than the Participant’s total Account shall be made pro rata from his or her subaccounts according to the balances in such subaccounts (excluding amounts attributable to Company or Participating Employer contributions described in Section 3.2) as of the Valuation Date for Unscheduled Withdrawals; provided, however, subaccounts payable upon Separation from Service shall be fully utilized before any subaccounts payable on a Scheduled Withdrawal are charged. Payment of the approved Unscheduled Withdrawal amount shall be made in a single cash lump sum within 90 days after the Unscheduled Withdrawal election is approved by the Retirement Committee or any subcommittee thereof, provided that the Participant may not designate when the payment will be made within this 90-day period.

6.5 Change of Control .

Notwithstanding anything in this Article VI to the contrary, each Participant (or, after his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid his or her total vested Account balance in a single cash lump sum within 30 days after the date of a Change of Control that applies to that Participant. For example, if a Change of Control occurs with respect to a Participating Employer, this Section 6.5 shall apply only to each Participant employed by or engaged as a Consultant to that Participating Employer at the time of the Change of Control and not to any Participant employed by or engaged as a Consultant to the Company or any Participating Employer for which a Change of Control has not occurred.

6.6 Inability To Locate Participant .

In the event that the Administrator is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary within two years following the Participant’s Separation from Service, the amount allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be conditionally forfeited. If, after such forfeiture, the Participant or Beneficiary later claims such benefit, such benefit (calculated immediately prior to the forfeiture) shall be reinstated without interest or earnings from the date of the conditional forfeiture.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Retirement Committee .

A Retirement Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. The number of members comprising the Retirement Committee shall be determined by the Board, which may from time to time vary the number of members. A member of the Retirement Committee may resign by delivering a written notice of resignation to the Board. The Board may remove any member by delivering a certified copy of its resolution of removal to such member. Vacancies in the membership of the Retirement Committee shall be filled promptly by the Board.

7.2 Retirement Committee Action .

A majority of the members of the Retirement Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings. The Retirement Committee shall act at meetings at which a quorum of members is present by affirmative vote of a simple majority of the members present. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent to the action is signed by all members of the Retirement Committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Retirement Committee. A member of the Retirement Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to himself or herself as a Participant. The chairman or any other member or members of the Retirement Committee designated by the chairman may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Retirement Committee.

7.3 Powers and Duties of the Retirement Committee

(a) General . The Retirement Committee, on behalf of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, shall enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

  (1) To select the funds to be the investment Funds in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof;

 

  (2) To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

  (3) To amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in accordance with Section 9.4;

 

  (4) To provide periodic statements of Account to Participants and Beneficiaries;

 

  (5) To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries and to direct the Trustee as to the distribution of Trust assets;

 

  (6) To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of the Plan;

 

  (7) To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

20


  (8) To make and publish such rules for the regulation of the Plan and procedures for the administration of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan document;

 

  (9) To appoint and retain legal counsel to assist the Retirement Committee in carrying out the administration of the Plan; and

 

  (10) To appoint subcommittees of the Retirement Committee, the Administrator and any other agent or agents, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as the Retirement Committee may from time to time prescribe.

(b) Corrective Action . In the event that any Participants are found to be ineligible, that is, not members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, according to a determination made by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Retirement Committee shall take whatever steps it deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to equitably protect the interests of all Participants.

(c) Construction and Interpretation . The Retirement Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretation or construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including but not limited to the Company, the Participating Employers, and any Participant or Beneficiary. The Retirement Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

(d) Information . To enable the Retirement Committee to perform its functions, the Company and Participating Employers shall supply full and timely information to the Retirement Committee on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their death or other cause of Separation from Service, and such other pertinent facts as the Retirement Committee may reasonably require. The Retirement Committee is entitled to rely on the accuracy of all such information provided.

(e) Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity . The members of the Retirement Committee shall serve without compensation for their services in connection with Plan administration. Expenses and fees in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company. To the extent permitted by applicable state law, the Company and Participating Employers shall indemnify and save harmless the Retirement Committee and each member thereof, the Board, and any delegate of the Retirement Committee who is an employee of the Company or a Participating Employer, against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than expenses and liabilities arising out of bad faith or willful misconduct. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or a Participating Employer or provided by the Company or a Participating Employer under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise, to the extent such indemnities are permitted under state law.

 

21


7.4 Trustee Duties .

The Trustee shall manage, invest and reinvest the Trust assets as provided in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall collect the income on the Trust assets, and make distributions therefrom, all as provided in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall not be liable for any failure by the Company to provide contributions sufficient to pay all accrued benefits under the Plan in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

7.5 Company Duties .

While the Plan remains in effect, the Company shall make contributions to the Trust at least once each quarter. As soon as practicable after the close of each Plan quarter, the Company shall make an additional contribution to the Trust to the extent that previous contributions to the Trust for the current Plan quarter are less than the total of the deferrals made by each Participant plus Company or Participating Employer contributions, if any, accrued as of the close of the current Plan quarter.

ARTICLE VIII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

8.1 Submission of Claim .

Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. The Participant, or any person claiming through the Participant (“Claiming Party”), shall make a written request for benefits under this Plan, mailed or delivered to the Retirement Committee. Such claim shall be reviewed by the Retirement Committee or its delegate.

8.2 Denial of Claim .

If a claim for payment of benefits is denied in full or in part, the Retirement Committee or its delegate shall provide a written notice to the Claiming Party within ninety (90) days setting forth: (a) the specific reasons for denial; (b) any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim; (c) an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (d) an explanation of the steps to be taken for a review of the denial. A claim shall be deemed denied if the Retirement Committee or its delegate does not take any action within the ninety (90) day period for making an initial claim decision.

8.3 Review of Denied Claim .

If the Claiming Party desires review of a denied claim, the Claiming Party shall notify the Retirement Committee or its delegate in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notice of denial. As part of such written request, the Claiming Party may request a review of the Plan document or other relevant, non-privileged documents, may submit any written issues and comments, and may request an extension of time for such written submission of issues and comments.

8.4 Decision upon Review of Denied Claim .

The decision on the review of the denied claim shall be rendered by the Retirement Committee or its delegate (which may include a review subcommittee) within sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the specific reasons for the decision, including reference to specific provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. With prior notice to the Claiming Party, the reviewing authority may invoke an extension of 60 additional days to review the claim.

 

22


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Unsecured General Creditor .

Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interests in any specific property or assets of the Company or any Participating Employer. No assets of the Company or a Participating Employer shall be held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company’s and Participating Employers’ assets shall be, and remain, the general unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company or Participating Employers, as applicable. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those of unsecured general creditors.

9.2 Restriction Against Assignment .

The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or entity. No part of a Participant’s Account shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor shall a Participant’s Account be subject to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor shall any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever.

9.3 Withholding .

There shall be withheld from each payment made under the Plan all taxes which are required to be withheld by the Company in respect to such payment. The Company shall have the right to reduce any payment by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

9.4 Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination .

The Retirement Committee may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any vested amounts allocated to a Participant’s Account, provided that a termination or suspension of the Plan or any Plan amendment or modification that will significantly increase costs to the Company shall be approved by the Board. For purposes of this Section 9.4, a “suspension” refers to a decision to discontinue acceptance of new or continued deferral elections without affecting deferral elections that are irrevocable at the time of the suspension or the operation of the Plan with respect to amounts previously deferred under the Plan. For purposes of this Section 9.4, a “termination” refers to a decision to terminate the Plan and accelerate the payment of Account balances. The Plan shall not be terminated unless such termination complies with an exception (set forth in regulations or other guidance of the Internal Revenue Service) to the prohibition on acceleration of deferred compensation under Code Section 409A.

9.5 Governing Law .

This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon, except to the extent pre-empted by federal law.

9.6 Entire Agreement .

This Plan document constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to deferred compensation. Only the Retirement Committee is authorized to construe and interpret this Plan. No employee or agent of the Company or a Participating Employer is

 

23


authorized to modify or amend the terms of this Plan, or to make promises or to commit the Company or Participating Employers to provide additional benefits or other benefits not expressly provided for in this Plan document. In the event of conflict between this Plan document and any other oral or written communication regarding the Plan, this Plan document shall be controlling.

9.7 Receipt or Release .

Any payment to a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Retirement Committee, the Company, and the Participating Employers. The Retirement Committee may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect.

9.8 Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity .

In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Retirement Committee, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore, the Retirement Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Retirement Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of the Retirement Committee, the Company, and the Participating Employers.

9.9 No Employment Rights .

Participation in this Plan shall not confer upon any person any right to be employed by the Company or a Participating Employer or any other right not expressly provided hereunder.

9.10 Headings Not Part of Agreement .

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

9.11 Tax Liabilities from Plan .

If a tax liability (including a tax liability under Code Section 409A) is generated before a Participant is eligible to receive a Plan benefit, the Retirement Committee may, in its discretion, order a distribution of funds sufficient to meet such liability (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) or any other amount up to the amount required to be included in the Participant’s income. Such a distribution shall reduce the benefits to be paid under Article VI of the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this document to be executed by its duly authorized officer effective as of this 23rd day of October, 2008.

NIKE, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert W. Woodruff
Title:   VP/Treasurer

 

24


NIKE, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(January 1, 2009 Restatement)

APPENDIX I

Transition Rules Under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code

The following modifications to the terms of the Plan were in effect during the period between December 31, 2004 and January 1, 2009 as permitted by the transition rules under Section 409A of the Code set forth below.

(1) Deferral Elections for 2005 Plan Year :

On or before March 15, 2005, a Participant could elect to defer Compensation for services performed during the 2005 Plan Year, provided that the amounts to which the deferral election relates had not been paid or made available at the time of the election. For the 2005 Plan Year only, a Participant could irrevocably elect at any time during the 2005 Plan Year to reduce the percentage to be deferred from Salary, Incentive Payments, and Fees earned in the remainder of the 2005 Plan Year to zero.

The transition rules relied upon were Q&A 20 and 21 of IRS Notice 2005-1.

(2) Change in Form of Payment During 2005 Plan Year :

During the 2005 Plan Year only, a Participant was permitted to change his or her form of payment election, provided that his or her change was filed with the Administrator at least one year prior to his or her Payment Commencement Date. A Participant was not required to postpone the affected distribution for five years from the original payment date.

The transition rule relied upon was Q&A 19(c) of IRS Notice 2005-1.

(3) Change in Scheduled Withdrawal Date During 2005 Plan Year :

During the 2005 Plan Year only, a Participant was permitted, at least one year prior to a Scheduled Withdrawal Date, to revoke his or her Scheduled Withdrawal election in favor of a later Scheduled Withdrawal Date. The five-year minimum postponement period did not apply to postponement elections made on or before December 31, 2005.

The transition rule relied upon was Q&A 19(c) of IRS Notice 2005-1.

(4) November 2006 Deferral Elections for Long Term Incentive Payments :

If a Participant made an election during the Annual Election Period in November 2005 to defer Long Term Incentive Payments anticipated to be made in August 2007, the Participant was permitted during the Annual Election Period in November 2006 to make an election to defer an additional amount of the Long Term Incentive Payment for August 2007. However, a Participant was not permitted to decrease or cancel his or her prior deferral election with respect to Long Term Incentive Payments, except as provided in the case of an unforeseeable financial emergency.

 

I-I


Also, during the Annual Election Period in November 2006, a Participant was permitted to change his or her form of payment election for the Long Term Incentive Payments that were subject to a deferral election made in November 2005 (and that were credited to the Participant’s Account in August 2007).

The transition rule relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2006-79.

(5) November 2007 Deferral Elections for Long Term Incentive Payments :

During the November 2007 Annual Election Period, a Participant was permitted to make a deferral election for the following Long Term Incentive Payments:

 

Long Term Incentive Payment

for Performance Period Ending

  

Anticipated

Long Term Incentive Payment Date

May 31, 2008

   August 2008

May 31, 2009

   August 2009

May 31, 2010

   August 2010

The transition rule relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2006-79.

In addition, at the November 2007 Annual Election Period, a Participant was permitted to make a deferral election with respect to Long Term Incentive Payments for the performance period ending May 31, 2011, under the general timing rule for deferral elections under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(3) and as provided under the terms of the Plan. A Participant who elected a Scheduled Withdrawal for Compensation deferred during the November 2007 Annual Election Period was required to specify the same withdrawal year for any deferred Long Term Incentive Payment for the performance period ending in 2008 as the Participant specified for Salary and Bonus paid in 2008, but was permitted to select different withdrawal years for any deferred Long Term Incentive Payments for the performance periods ending in 2009, 2010 and 2011.

(6) November 2007 Deferral Elections for Bonus :

During the November 2007 Annual Election Period, a Participant was permitted to make a deferral election for Bonus attributable to the fiscal year ending May 31, 2008 without satisfying all conditions under the terms of the Plan otherwise required for such deferral election.

The transition rule relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2006-79.

(7) November 2007 Payment Elections for Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions Contributed in 2008 :

During the November 2007 Annual Election Period, a Participant was permitted to designate a form of payment for the Profit Sharing Make Up Contribution (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)) that was contributed to his or her Account in August 2008 (attributable to the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan plan year ended May 31, 2008), without regard to the deferral timing rules under Code Section 409A.

 

I-2


The transition rule relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2006-79.

(8) Change of Control during 2008 Plan Year :

The following modifications to Section 6.5 of the Plan applied to any Change of Control that occurred during the 2008 Plan Year.

With respect to any Change of Control that occurs during the 2008 Plan Year, each Participant to whom such Change of Control applies (or, after his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) shall be paid his or her full Account balance in a single cash lump sum in January 2009.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if a Change of Control occurs with respect to the Company during the 2008 Plan Year, then payment of the full Account balance shall be commenced to each Participant (or, after his or her death, to his or her Beneficiary) within 30 days after the date of such Change of Control and such amount shall be paid in such form as elected by the Participant with respect to a distribution by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or, if no such election has been filed, in a lump sum.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, if both (1) a Change of Control occurs with respect to a Participating Employer during the 2008 Plan Year and (2) a Participant employed by that Participating Employer has a Separation from Service in the 2008 Plan Year after such Change of Control, then any resulting payment(s) that would have been made to the Participant (or, after his or her death, to his or her Beneficiary) in the 2008 Plan Year had such Change of Control not occurred shall be made in the 2008 Plan Year and the remaining Account balance shall be paid to the Participant (or, after his or her death, to his or her Beneficiary) in January 2009.

The transition rule relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86.

(9) October/November 2008 Deferral Elections for Bonus :

During the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, a Participant may make a deferral election for Bonus attributable to the fiscal year ending May 31, 2009. In addition, if a Participant who elected to defer Bonus during the November 2007 Annual Election Period does not submit a deferral election during the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, the deferral election with respect to Bonus continued during the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period shall apply to Bonus attributable to the fiscal year ending May 31, 2009 (as well as to Bonus attributable to the fiscal year ending May 31, 2010 as described in Section 3.1(c)(3)).

The transition rule to be relied upon is Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86.

 

I-3


(10) October/ November 2008 Change in Form of Payment for Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Discretionary Contributions :

During the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, a Participant will be permitted to change the form of payment elections applicable to all Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Discretionary Contributions contributed to his or her Account during calendar years 2005 through 2008 (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)). Also during the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, the form of payment election made or continued by a Participant as described in Section 6.1(b)(2) shall apply to all Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Discretionary Contributions contributed to his or her Account during calendar years 2009 and 2010 (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)). For any Participant who does not make or continue a form of payment election as described in Section 6.1(b)(2) during the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, the form of payment for all Profit Sharing Make Up Contributions and Discretionary Contributions contributed to his or her Account during calendar years 2009 and 2010 (as adjusted for Investment Returns pursuant to Section 4.1(d)) shall be quarterly installments over 10 years beginning on the Participant’s Payment Commencement Date.

The transition rule to be relied upon is Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86.

 

(11) October/ November 2008 Deferral Elections for Long Term Incentive Payments :

During the October/November 2008 Annual Election Period, a Participant who received his or her first grant of a right to a Long Term Incentive Payment on or after November 1, 2007 and before October 23, 2008, and who did not have an opportunity to defer Long Term Incentive Payments during the November 2007 Annual Election Period, may make a deferral election for the following Long Term Incentive Payments:

 

Long Term Incentive Payment

for Performance Period Ending

  

Anticipated

Long Term Incentive Payment Date

May 31, 2009

   August 2009

May 31, 2010

   August 2010

May 31, 2011

   August 2011

The transition rule to be relied upon was Section 3.02 of IRS Notice 2007-86.

 

I-4

Exhibit 10.9

AMENDMENT NO. 1

to the

NIKE, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(June 1, 2004 Restatement)

NIKE, Inc. (the “Company”) currently maintains two versions of its Deferred Compensation Plan: the Deferred Compensation Plan (June 1, 2004 Restatement) applicable to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2005 (the “Grandfathered Plan”), and the Deferred Compensation Plan as subsequently restated and applicable to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004 (the “Ongoing Plan”). This Amendment No. 1 amends the Grandfathered Plan and has no effect on the Ongoing Plan.

This Amendment No. 1 has been adopted by the Retirement Committee of the Company pursuant to authority provided for in Section 10.4 of the Grandfathered Plan, and is effective as of January 1, 2008. The Retirement Committee has determined that the following amendments to the Grandfathered Plan are not a “material modification” of the Grandfathered Plan as that term is used in regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, that Section 409A of Internal Revenue Code continues to be inapplicable to amounts deferred under the Grandfathered Plan.

The amendments to the Grandfathered Plan approved by the Retirement Committee are as follows:

1. Section 1.2, Definitions of the Grandfathered Plan is amended as follows:

(a) by replacing the definition of “Retirement” in Section 1.2(hh) with the following:

(hh) “ Retirement ” means the Participant’s termination of employment if at the time thereof the Participant has attained at least age 35 and has completed at least sixty (60) whole months of Service.

(b) by replacing subsection (4) of the definition of “Valuation Date” in Section 1.2(mm) with the following:

(4) For purposes of calculating the dollar amount of a quarterly installment payment, the Valuation Date means a day selected by the Company in its sole discretion for administrative practicality that falls within 30 days prior to the date of the quarterly payment.

2. Section 7.1, Distribution of Deferred Compensation – Termination of Service of the Grandfathered Plan is amended by replacing the second sentence of Section 7.1(a)(1) with the following two sentences:

If the Participant’s Distributable Amount is paid in installments, the amount of each quarterly installment shall be determined by dividing the vested Account balance by the remaining number of quarterly installment payments. For


example, if the form of payment is quarterly installments over 15 years, the first payment is determined by dividing the vested Account balance as of the Valuation Date by 60, the second payment is determined by dividing the vested Account balance as of the next Valuation Date by 59, and so on until all installments have been paid.

3. Section 7.3, Unforeseeable Emergency of the Grandfathered Plan is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

7.3 Unforeseeable Emergency

The Retirement Committee may, pursuant to rules adopted by it and applied in a uniform manner, accelerate the date of distribution of a Participant’s Account (other than amounts attributable to Company or Participating Employer contributions described in Sections 3.2(b) or 3.2(c), if any) because of an Unforeseeable Emergency at any time. “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean an unforeseeable, severe financial condition resulting from (a) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or his or her dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code); (b) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, but which may not be relieved through other available resources of the Participant, as determined by the Retirement Committee in accordance with uniform rules adopted by it. Unless the Retirement Committee, in its discretion, determines otherwise, distribution pursuant to this subsection of less than the Participant’s entire interest in the Plan shall be made pro rata from his or her assumed investments according to the balances in such investments (excluding amounts attributable to Company or Participating Employer contributions described in Sections 3.2(b) or 3.2(c), if any) as of the Valuation Date for Unforeseeable Emergencies. Subject to the foregoing, payment of any amount with respect to which a Participant has filed a request under this subsection shall be made in a single cash lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Retirement Committee approves the Participant’s request.

4. Except as provided herein, all other provisions of the Grandfathered Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this document to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

NIKE, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert W. Woodruff
Title:   VP/Treasurer

 

2

EXHIBIT 12.1

NIKE, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

     Year Ended May 31,
     2009    2008    2007    2006    2005
     (In millions)

Net income

   $ 1,486.7    $ 1,883.4    $ 1,491.5    $ 1,392.0    $ 1,211.6

Income taxes

     469.8      619.5      708.4      749.6      648.2
                                  

Income before income taxes

     1,956.5      2,502.9      2,199.9      2,141.6      1,859.8
                                  

Add fixed charges

              

Interest expense (1)

     40.3      40.7      49.7      50.5      39.7

Interest component of leases (2)

     39.7      34.4      28.5      25.2      23.3
                                  

Total fixed charges

     80.0      75.1      78.2      75.7      63.0
                                  

Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges (3)

   $ 2,036.5    $ 2,578.0    $ 2,278.1    $ 2,217.3    $ 1,922.8
                                  

Ratio of earnings to total fixed charges

     25.5      34.3      29.1      29.3      30.5
                                  

 

(1)  

Interest expense includes interest both expensed and capitalized.

 

(2)  

Interest component of leases includes one-tenth of rental expense which approximates the interest component of operating leases.

 

(3)  

Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges is exclusive of capitalized interest.

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

American NIKE S.L.

  

Spain

Bragano Trading S.r.l.

  

Italy

BRS NIKE Taiwan, Inc.

  

Taiwan

Cole Haan

  

Maine

Cole Haan Company Store

  

Maine

Cole Haan Hong Kong Limited

  

Hong Kong

Cole Haan Japan

  

Japan

Converse (Asia Pacific) Limited

  

Hong Kong

Converse Canada Corp.

  

Canada

Converse Canada Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

Converse Footwear Technical Service (Zhongshan) Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

Converse Hong Kong Holding Company Limited

  

Hong Kong

Converse Hong Kong Limited

  

Hong Kong

Converse Inc.

  

Delaware

Converse Netherlands B.V.

  

Netherlands

Converse Sporting Goods (China) Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

Converse Trading Company B.V.

  

Netherlands

Exeter Brands Group LLC

  

Oregon

Exeter Hong Kong Limited

  

Hong Kong

Futbol Club Barcelona, S.L.

  

Spain

Hurley 999, S.L.

  

Spain

Hurley999 UK Limited

  

United Kingdom

Hurley Australia Pty Ltd

  

Australia

Hurley International Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

Hurley International LLC

  

Oregon

Juventus Merchandising S.r.l.

  

Italy

Manchester United Merchandising Limited

  

United Kingdom

NIKE 360 Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Africa Ltd.

  

Bermuda

NIKE Argentina Srl

  

Argentina

NIKE Asia Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Australia Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Australia Pty. Ltd.

  

Australia

NIKE BH B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE CA LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE Canada Corp.

  

Canada

NIKE Canada Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Chile B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE China Holding HK Limited

  

Hong Kong

NIKE Cortez

  

Bermuda

NIKE de Chile Ltda.

  

Chile

NIKE de Mexico S de R.L. de C.V.

  

Mexico

NIKE Denmark ApS

  

Denmark

NIKE Deutschland GmbH

  

Germany

NIKE do Brasil Comercio e Participacoes Ltda.

  

Brazil

NIKE Dunk Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Europe Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE European Operations Netherlands B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Finance Ltd.

  

Bermuda


SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT—(Continued)

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

NIKE Finland OY

  

Finland

NIKE Flight

  

Bermuda

NIKE France S.A.S.

  

France

NIKE Galaxy Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Global Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Global Services PTE. LTD.

  

Singapore

NIKE Global Trading PTE. LTD.

  

Singapore

NIKE GmbH.

  

Austria

NIKE Group Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Hellas EPE

  

Greece

NIKE Holding, LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE Hong Kong Limited

  

Hong Kong

NIKE Huarache

  

Bermuda

NIKE IHM, Inc.

  

Missouri

NIKE India Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE India Private Limited

  

India

NIKE International Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE International Holding, Inc.

  

Delaware

NIKE International LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE International Ltd.

  

Bermuda

NIKE Israel Ltd.

  

Israel

NIKE Italy S.R.L.

  

Italy

NIKE Japan Corp.

  

Japan

NIKE Jump Ltd.

  

Bermuda

NIKE Laser Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Lavadome

  

Bermuda

NIKE Licenciamentos do Brasil, Ltda.

  

Brazil

NIKE Logistics Yugen Kaisha

  

Japan

NIKE Max LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE Mexico Holdings, LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE New Zealand Company

  

New Zealand

NIKE NZ Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Offshore Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Pegasus

  

Bermuda

NIKE Philippines, Inc.

  

Philippines

NIKE Poland Sp.zo.o

  

Poland

NIKE Retail B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE Retail LLC

  

Russia

NIKE Retail Poland sp. z o. o.

  

Poland

NIKE Retail Services, Inc.

  

Oregon

NIKE Russia LLC

  

Russia

NIKE SALES (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.

  

Malaysia

NIKE Servicios de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.

  

Mexico

NIKE SINGAPORE PTE LTD

  

Singapore

NIKE Sourcing India Private Limited

  

India

NIKE South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

  

South Africa

NIKE South Africa Holdings LLC

  

Delaware

NIKE Sports (China) Company, Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

NIKE Sports Korea Co., Ltd.

  

South Korea

NIKE Suzhou Holding HK Limited

  

Hong Kong

NIKE (Suzhou) Sports Company, Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China


SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT—(Continued)

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

NIKE Sweden AB

  

Sweden

NIKE (Switzerland) GmbH

  

Switzerland

NIKE Tailwind

  

Bermuda

NIKE (Thailand) Limited

  

Thailand

NIKE TN, Inc.

  

Oregon

NIKE Trading Company B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE UK Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

NIKE (UK) Limited

  

United Kingdom

NIKE USA, Inc.

  

Oregon

NIKE Vapor Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

NIKE Vietnam Limited Liability Company

  

Vietnam

NIKE Vision, Timing and Techlab, LP

  

Texas

NIKE Waffle

  

Bermuda

NIKE Zoom LLC

  

Delaware

PMG International Limited

  

United Kingdom

PT Hurley Indonesia

  

Indonesia

PT NIKE Indonesia

  

Indonesia

Savier, Inc.

  

Oregon

Triax Insurance, Inc.

  

Hawaii

Twin Dragons Global Limited

  

Hong Kong

Twin Dragons Holding B.V.

  

Netherlands

Umbro Asia Sourcing Limited

  

Hong Kong

Umbro Corp.

  

Delaware

Umbro Finance Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro HK Limited

  

Hong Kong

Umbro International Holdings Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro International JV

  

Delaware

Umbro International Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro JV Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro Licensing Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

Umbro Schweiz Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro Sportwear Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro Worldwide Limited

  

United Kingdom

Umbro.com

  

United Kingdom

USISL, Inc.

  

Delaware

Yugen Kaisha Hurley Japan

  

Japan

EXHIBIT 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Mark G. Parker, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of NIKE, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 27, 2009

 

/s/    Mark G. Parker
Mark G. Parker
Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Donald W. Blair, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of NIKE, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: July 27, 2009

 

/s/    Donald W. Blair
Donald W. Blair
Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the following certifications are being made to accompany the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009.

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer   
______________________________   

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of NIKE, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: July 27, 2009    
     

/s/ Mark G. Parker

    Mark G. Parker
    Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the following certifications are being made to accompany the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009.

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer   
______________________________   

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of NIKE, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: July 27, 2009    
      /s/ Donald W. Blair
    Donald W. Blair
    Chief Financial Officer